Huawei 产品名称Product Name ME936 LTE M.2 Module AT Command Interface Specification (V100R001 02, English)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module AT Command Interface Specification-(V100R001_02, English)
2014-09-29
User Manual: Huawei
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 232 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]
- Revision History
- 1 Introduction
- 1.1 Scope
- 1.2 Overview
- 1.3 Organization
- 1.4 Document Conventions
- 1.5 AT Command Syntax
- 1.6 Abort Attributes of AT Commands
- 1.7 Rules for Running AT Commands
- 1. Each interface should be functionally convergent.
- 2. Each command line contains only one AT command and ends with a carriage return character. For the URC instruction or response reported from MT to TE, only one AT command is allowed in a command line. In principle, users are not allowed to run S3/S4...
- 3. For an AT command that cannot be interrupted, after sending the AT command, the TE must wait until the MT responds to the AT command before sending the second AT command.
- 4. For the AT command to which the response is given only after a long time, in order to prevent interference on other events, it is recommended to report the final execution result asynchronously. If the ME responds to the TE only after a long time o...
- 5. A string refers to a byte stream (excluding the quotation marks or commas) that is placed inside double quotation marks. Special note should be specified if the byte stream need not be enclosed in double quotation marks.
- 6. The current version does not support escape character. The code value of a data format in the UCS2 coding is reported as characters. For example, if the UCS2 code of a Chinese character is 0x553a, the 553a is reported.
- 7. A possible response sent by the MT to the TE consists of Information text and Result code, in which Information text is optional and Result code is mandatory. The format of a possible response is controlled by the ATV command. For details, see the ...
- 8. The meaning of the command without any parameter should be described in the document. And it is not recommended to use the command not setting any parameter.
- 9. For the AT command that is controlled by PIN, if it is sent in PIN restricted mode, MT will response with "+CME ERROR: SIM PIN required".
- 2 General Commands
- 2.1 ATV–Set the Response Format
- 2.2 ATI–Request Identification
- 2.3 AT+GCAP–Request Transmission Capacity Domain Identification
- 2.4 AT+CGMI/AT+GMI–Request Manufacturer Identification
- 2.5 AT+CGMM/AT+GMM–Request Model Identification
- 2.6 AT+CGMR/AT+GMR–Request Software Version
- 2.7 AT+CGSN/AT+GSN–Request Product Serial Number Identification
- 2.8 AT+CSCS–Select TE Character Set
- 2.9 AT+CIMI–Request IMSI
- 2.10 AT+CMEE–Report Mobile Termination Error
- 3 Network Service Related Commands
- 4 Mobile Termination Control and Status Commands
- 5 UMTS Packet Domain Commands
- 6 Normal Commands for SMS
- 6.1 AT+CPMS–Preferred Message Storage
- 6.2 AT+CMGF–Message Format
- 6.3 AT+CNMI–New Message Indications to TE
- 6.4 AT+CNMA–New Message Acknowledgement
- 6.5 AT+CMGD–Delete Message
- 6.6 AT+CSCA–Service Center Address
- 6.7 AT+CSMS–Select Messaging Service
- 6.8 AT+CMGL–List Messages
- 6.9 AT+CMGR–Read Message
- 6.10 AT+CMGW–Write Message to Memory
- 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send Message
- 6.12 AT+CMSS–Send Message from Storage
- 6.13 +CMTI–New SMS-DELIVER Indication
- 6.14 +CDSI–New SMS Status Report Indication
- 6.15 +CMT–New Message Directly Deliver Indication
- 6.16 +CDS–SMS Status Report Indication Directly Displayed
- 6.17 ^SMMEMFULL–Message Memory Full
- 7 Standard STK Interface Commands
- 8 Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR Interface Description
- 9 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile Termination Control and Status Interface
- 9.1 ^THERM –Thermal Protection Activated Unsolicited Report
- 9.2 AT^CURC–Set Presentation of Unsolicited Results
- 9.3 AT^WAKEUPCFG–Configure Module's Remote Wakeup Function by Host
- 9.4 AT^CPIN–Manage PIN
- 9.5 AT^RFSWITCH–Set the Flight Mode
- 9.6 ^RFSWITCH–Report the RF SWITCH State
- 9.7 AT^MSO–Shutdown Command
- 9.8 AT^CARDLOCK–Card Lock Administration
- 9.9 AT^HWCUST–Enable Custom Hardware Function
- 9.10 AT^ICCID–Query the ICCID
- 10 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network Service Interfaces
- 10.1 AT^SYSINFOEX–Query Extended System Information
- 10.2 AT^SYSCFGEX–Configure Extended System
- 10.3 AT^USSDMODE–Select USSD Mode
- 10.4 AT^EONS–Query the Service Provider Name and the EFSPN Information of the SIM Card
- 10.5 AT^HCSQ–Query and Report Signal Strength
- 10.6 ^SRVST–Service State Change Indication
- 10.7 ^SIMST–SIM Card State Change Indication
- 11 Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS Service Interfaces
- 12 Huawei Proprietary Interface: STK Interface
- 13 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Tunable Antenna Interface
- 14 Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2 Interface
- 14.1 AT+XTSM–Set Thermal Sensor with the Threshold
- 14.2 +XTS–Unsolicitedly Present of the Threshold Reached
- 14.3 AT+XTAMR–Query the Current Temperature of a Thermal Sensor
- 14.4 AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO–Query Adaptive Clock Frequency Info
- 14.5 +XADPCLKFREQINFO–Unsolicitedly Present of Adaptive Clock Frequency Info
- 15 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer Production Line Tests Interface
- 15.1 AT^TMODE–Set the Operating Mode
- 15.2 AT^FCHAN–Set Non-signaling Channels
- 15.3 AT^TSELRF–Select RF Channel
- 15.4 AT^FRXON–Enable a Receiver in Non-signaling Mode
- 15.5 AT^FLNA–Set the LNA Level of a Receiver
- 15.6 AT^FRSSI–Obtain the Current Channel RSSI
- 15.7 AT^FWAVE–Set the Waveform in Non-signaling Mode
- 15.8 AT^FTXON–Enable the Transmitter in Non-signaling Mode
- 15.9 AT^GNSSCNO–Request GPS CN0
- 15.10 AT^PWRCFG–Configure the Maximum Tx Power
- 15.11 AT^PWRCFGON–Enable the Maximum Tx Power Configuration
- 15.12 AT^ANTMODE–Set Operation Mode of Main and AUX Antennas
- 15.13 AT^CUSTNVCLR–Clear Customer Nonvolatile Value
- 16 Appendix
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
V100R001
AT Command Interface Specification
Issue
02
Date
2014-09-25
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.
No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. and its affiliates ("Huawei").
The product described in this manual may include copyrighted software of Huawei and possible licensors.
Customers shall not in any manner reproduce, distribute, modify, decompile, disassemble, decrypt, extract,
reverse engineer, lease, assign, or sublicense the said software, unless such restrictions are prohibited by
applicable laws or such actions are approved by respective copyright holders.
Trademarks and Permissions
, , and are trademarks or registered trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
LTE is a trade mark of ETSI.
Other trademarks, product, service and company names mentioned may be the property of their respective
owners.
Notice
Some features of the product and its accessories described herein rely on the software installed, capacities
and settings of local network, and therefore may not be activated or may be limited by local network operators
or network service providers.
Thus, the descriptions herein may not exactly match the product or its accessories which you purchase.
Huawei reserves the right to change or modify any information or specifications contained in this manual
without prior notice and without any liability.
DISCLAIMER
ALL CONTENTS OF THIS MANUAL ARE PROVIDED “AS IS”. EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE
LAWS, NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, ARE MADE IN RELATION TO THE ACCURACY, RELIABILITY OR CONTENTS OF THIS
MANUAL.
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HUAWEI BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOSS OF
PROFITS, BUSINESS, REVENUE, DATA, GOODWILL SAVINGS OR ANTICIPATED SAVINGS
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH LOSSES ARE FORSEEABLE OR NOT.
THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY (THIS LIMITATION SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL
INJURY TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW PROHIBITS SUCH A LIMITATION) OF HUAWEI ARISING
FROM THE USE OF THE PRODUCT DESCRIBED IN THIS MANUAL SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE
AMOUNT PAID BY CUSTOMERS FOR THE PURCHASE OF THIS PRODUCT.
Import and Export Regulations
Customers shall comply with all applicable export or import laws and regulations and be responsible to obtain
all necessary governmental permits and licenses in order to export, re-export or import the product mentioned
in this manual including the software and technical data therein.
Privacy Policy
To better understand how we protect your personal information, please see the privacy policy at
http://consumer.huawei.com/privacy-policy.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
About This Document
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
3
About This Document
Revision History
Document
Version
Date
Chapter
Descriptions
01
2014-05-27
Creation
02
2014-09-25
2.8.1
Updated command syntax of AT+CSCS
3.2.5
Updated example of AT+CREG
4.6.5
Updated example of AT+CPBW
5.4.3
Updated parameter description of <rac>
5.5.4
Updated property description of
AT+CGREG
8.2.5
Updated example of AT^BODYSARCFG
8.5.5
Updated example of AT^BODYSARLTE
9.8.5
Updated example of AT^CARDLOCK
10.2.4
Updated property description of
AT^SYSCFGEX
15.12.4
Updated property description of
AT^ANTMODE
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
4
Contents
1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 20
1.1 Scope ........................................................................................................................................20
1.2 Overview ....................................................................................................................................20
1.3 Organization ..............................................................................................................................21
1.4 Document Conventions ..............................................................................................................21
1.5 AT Command Syntax ..................................................................................................................21
1.5.1 AT Command Types ...........................................................................................................21
1.5.2 AT Command Parameter ....................................................................................................22
1.5.3 AT Command Description...................................................................................................23
1.6 Abort Attributes of AT Commands ...............................................................................................24
1.7 Rules for Running AT Commands ...............................................................................................25
2 General Commands ............................................................................................................... 27
2.1 ATV–Set the Response Format ..................................................................................................27
2.1.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................27
2.1.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................27
2.1.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................27
2.1.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................28
2.1.5 Example ............................................................................................................................28
2.2 ATI–Request Identification ..........................................................................................................28
2.2.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................28
2.2.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................28
2.2.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................29
2.2.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................29
2.2.5 Example ............................................................................................................................29
2.3 AT+GCAP–Request Transmission Capacity Domain Identification ..............................................29
2.3.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................29
2.3.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................30
2.3.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................30
2.3.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................30
2.3.5 Example ............................................................................................................................30
2.4 AT+CGMI/AT+GMI–Request Manufacturer Identification .............................................................30
2.4.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................30
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
5
2.4.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................31
2.4.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................31
2.4.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................31
2.4.5 Example ............................................................................................................................31
2.5 AT+CGMM/AT+GMM–Request Model Identification ....................................................................31
2.5.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................31
2.5.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................32
2.5.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................32
2.5.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................32
2.5.5 Example ............................................................................................................................32
2.6 AT+CGMR/AT+GMR–Request Software Version ........................................................................32
2.6.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................32
2.6.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................33
2.6.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................33
2.6.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................33
2.6.5 Example ............................................................................................................................33
2.7 AT+CGSN/AT+GSN–Request Product Serial Number Identification ............................................33
2.7.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................33
2.7.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................34
2.7.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................34
2.7.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................34
2.7.5 Example ............................................................................................................................34
2.8 AT+CSCS–Select TE Character Set ...........................................................................................34
2.8.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................34
2.8.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................35
2.8.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................35
2.8.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................36
2.8.5 Example ............................................................................................................................36
2.9 AT+CIMI–Request IMSI ..............................................................................................................36
2.9.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................36
2.9.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................37
2.9.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................37
2.9.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................37
2.9.5 Example ............................................................................................................................37
2.10 AT+CMEE–Report Mobile Termination Error .............................................................................37
2.10.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................37
2.10.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................38
2.10.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................38
2.10.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................38
2.10.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................38
3 Network Service Related Commands .................................................................................. 40
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
6
3.1 AT+COPS–Select Operator ........................................................................................................40
3.1.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................40
3.1.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................40
3.1.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................41
3.1.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................42
3.1.5 Example ............................................................................................................................42
3.2 AT+CREG–Register Network......................................................................................................43
3.2.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................43
3.2.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................44
3.2.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................44
3.2.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................45
3.2.5 Example ............................................................................................................................45
3.3 AT+CLCK–Facility Lock ..............................................................................................................46
3.3.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................46
3.3.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................46
3.3.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................46
3.3.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................47
3.3.5 Example ............................................................................................................................48
3.4 AT+CPWD–Change Password ...................................................................................................48
3.4.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................48
3.4.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................49
3.4.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................49
3.4.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................49
3.4.5 Example ............................................................................................................................49
3.5 AT+CUSD–USSD Command ......................................................................................................50
3.5.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................50
3.5.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................50
3.5.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................51
3.5.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................52
3.5.5 Example ............................................................................................................................52
3.6 +CUSD–Unsolicitedly Report USSD of Network .........................................................................53
3.6.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................53
3.6.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................53
3.6.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................54
3.6.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................54
3.6.5 Example ............................................................................................................................54
4 Mobile Termination Control and Status Commands ........................................................ 55
4.1 AT+CFUN–Set Operation Mode..................................................................................................55
4.1.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................55
4.1.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................55
4.1.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................56
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
7
4.1.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................56
4.1.5 Example ............................................................................................................................56
4.2 AT+CPIN–Enter PIN ...................................................................................................................57
4.2.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................57
4.2.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................57
4.2.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................57
4.2.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................58
4.2.5 Example ............................................................................................................................58
4.3 AT+CSQ–Signal Quality .............................................................................................................59
4.3.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................59
4.3.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................59
4.3.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................59
4.3.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................60
4.3.5 Example ............................................................................................................................60
4.4 AT+CPBS–Select Phonebook Memory Storage ..........................................................................60
4.4.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................60
4.4.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................61
4.4.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................61
4.4.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................61
4.4.5 Example ............................................................................................................................62
4.5 AT+CPBR–Read Phonebook Entries ..........................................................................................62
4.5.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................62
4.5.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................62
4.5.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................63
4.5.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................63
4.5.5 Example ............................................................................................................................63
4.6 AT+CPBW–Write Phonebook Entry ............................................................................................64
4.6.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................64
4.6.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................64
4.6.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................65
4.6.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................65
4.6.5 Example ............................................................................................................................66
4.7 AT+CRSM–Restricted SIM Access .............................................................................................66
4.7.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................66
4.7.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................66
4.7.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................66
4.7.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................67
4.7.5 Example ............................................................................................................................67
5 UMTS Packet Domain Commands ...................................................................................... 69
5.1 AT+CGDCONT–Define PDP Context ..........................................................................................69
5.1.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................69
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
8
5.1.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................70
5.1.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................70
5.1.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................71
5.1.5 Example ............................................................................................................................71
5.2 AT+CGACT–Activate or Deactivate PDP Context .......................................................................72
5.2.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................72
5.2.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................73
5.2.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................73
5.2.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................73
5.2.5 Example ............................................................................................................................73
5.3 AT+CGATT–Attach or Detach PS Domain ..................................................................................74
5.3.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................74
5.3.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................74
5.3.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................74
5.3.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................75
5.3.5 Example ............................................................................................................................75
5.4 AT+CGREG–PS Domain Registration Status ..............................................................................75
5.4.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................75
5.4.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................76
5.4.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................76
5.4.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................77
5.4.5 Example ............................................................................................................................77
5.5 AT+CGSMS–SMS Bearer Domain ..............................................................................................78
5.5.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................78
5.5.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................78
5.5.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................78
5.5.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................79
5.5.5 Example ............................................................................................................................79
6 Normal Commands for SMS ................................................................................................ 80
6.1 AT+CPMS–Preferred Message Storage......................................................................................80
6.1.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................80
6.1.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................81
6.1.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................81
6.1.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................82
6.1.5 Example ............................................................................................................................82
6.2 AT+CMGF–Message Format ......................................................................................................82
6.2.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................82
6.2.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................83
6.2.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................83
6.2.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................83
6.2.5 Example ............................................................................................................................83
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
9
6.3 AT+CNMI–New Message Indications to TE .................................................................................84
6.3.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................84
6.3.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................84
6.3.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................85
6.3.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................88
6.3.5 Example ............................................................................................................................88
6.4 AT+CNMA–New Message Acknowledgement .............................................................................88
6.4.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................88
6.4.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................89
6.4.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................89
6.4.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................94
6.4.5 Example ............................................................................................................................94
6.5 AT+CMGD–Delete Message.......................................................................................................94
6.5.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................94
6.5.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................95
6.5.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................95
6.5.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................95
6.5.5 Example ............................................................................................................................95
6.6 AT+CSCA–Service Center Address ............................................................................................96
6.6.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................96
6.6.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................96
6.6.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................96
6.6.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................97
6.6.5 Example ............................................................................................................................97
6.7 AT+CSMS–Select Messaging Service ........................................................................................97
6.7.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................97
6.7.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................97
6.7.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................98
6.7.4 Property Description ..........................................................................................................98
6.7.5 Example ............................................................................................................................98
6.8 AT+CMGL–List Messages ..........................................................................................................98
6.8.1 Command Syntax ..............................................................................................................98
6.8.2 Interface Description ..........................................................................................................99
6.8.3 Parameter Description .......................................................................................................99
6.8.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................101
6.8.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................101
6.9 AT+CMGR–Read Message ......................................................................................................101
6.9.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................101
6.9.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................102
6.9.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................102
6.9.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................102
6.9.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................102
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
10
6.10 AT+CMGW–Write Message to Memory ..................................................................................103
6.10.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................103
6.10.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................103
6.10.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................103
6.10.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................104
6.10.5 Example ........................................................................................................................104
6.11 AT+CMGS–Send Message .....................................................................................................104
6.11.1 Command Syntax...........................................................................................................104
6.11.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................105
6.11.3 Parameter Description....................................................................................................105
6.11.4 Property Description ....................................................................................................... 112
6.11.5 Example ......................................................................................................................... 112
6.12 AT+CMSS–Send Message from Storage ................................................................................ 112
6.12.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................... 112
6.12.2 Interface Description ...................................................................................................... 113
6.12.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................... 113
6.12.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................... 113
6.12.5 Example ........................................................................................................................ 113
6.13 +CMTI–New SMS-DELIVER Indication................................................................................... 114
6.13.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................... 114
6.13.2 Interface Description ...................................................................................................... 114
6.13.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................... 114
6.13.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................... 114
6.13.5 Example ........................................................................................................................ 114
6.14 +CDSI–New SMS Status Report Indication............................................................................. 115
6.14.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................... 115
6.14.2 Interface Description ...................................................................................................... 115
6.14.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................... 115
6.14.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................... 115
6.14.5 Example ........................................................................................................................ 115
6.15 +CMT–New Message Directly Deliver Indication ..................................................................... 116
6.15.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................... 116
6.15.2 Interface Description ...................................................................................................... 116
6.15.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................... 116
6.15.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................... 116
6.15.5 Example ........................................................................................................................ 116
6.16 +CDS–SMS Status Report Indication Directly Displayed ......................................................... 117
6.16.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................... 117
6.16.2 Interface Description ...................................................................................................... 117
6.16.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................... 117
6.16.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................... 118
6.16.5 Example ........................................................................................................................ 118
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
11
6.17 ^SMMEMFULL–Message Memory Full ................................................................................... 118
6.17.1 Command Syntax .......................................................................................................... 118
6.17.2 Interface Description ...................................................................................................... 118
6.17.3 Parameter Description ................................................................................................... 119
6.17.4 Property Description ...................................................................................................... 119
6.17.5 Example ........................................................................................................................ 119
7 Standard STK Interface Commands .................................................................................. 120
7.1 +CUSATP–Unsolicitedly Report a UICC Proactive Command ...................................................120
7.1.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................120
7.1.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................120
7.1.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................120
7.1.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................120
7.1.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................120
7.2 AT+CUSATE–Send USAT Envelope .........................................................................................121
7.2.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................121
7.2.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................121
7.2.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................121
7.2.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................122
7.2.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................122
7.3 AT+CUSATT–Send USAT Terminal Response ..........................................................................122
7.3.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................122
7.3.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................122
7.3.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................123
7.3.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................123
7.3.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................123
7.4 +CUSATEND–Unsolicitedly Report of Terminating a UICC Proactive Command Session ..........123
7.4.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................123
7.4.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................123
7.4.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................123
7.4.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................124
7.4.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................124
8 Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR Interface Description .................................... 125
8.1 AT^BODYSARON–Disable or Enable BodySAR .......................................................................125
8.1.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................125
8.1.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................125
8.1.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................125
8.1.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................126
8.1.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................126
8.2 AT^BODYSARCFG–Set the BodySAR Type .............................................................................126
8.2.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................126
8.2.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................127
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
12
8.2.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................127
8.2.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................127
8.2.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................127
8.3 AT^BODYSARWCDMA–Set the Maximum Tx Power Limit of WCDMA .....................................128
8.3.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................128
8.3.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................128
8.3.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................128
8.3.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................129
8.3.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................129
8.4 AT^BODYSARGSM–Set the Maximum Tx Power Limit of GSM ................................................130
8.4.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................130
8.4.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................130
8.4.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................131
8.4.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................132
8.4.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................132
8.5 AT^BODYSARLTE–Set the Maximum Tx Power Limit of LTE ....................................................132
8.5.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................132
8.5.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................133
8.5.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................133
8.5.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................135
8.5.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................136
9 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile Termination Control and Status Interface ..... 137
9.1 ^THERM–Thermal Protection Activated Unsolicited Report.......................................................137
9.1.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................137
9.1.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................137
9.1.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................137
9.1.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................137
9.1.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................138
9.2 AT^CURC–Set Presentation of Unsolicited Results...................................................................138
9.2.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................138
9.2.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................138
9.2.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................138
9.2.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................139
9.2.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................139
9.3 AT^WAKEUPCFG–Configure Module's Remote Wakeup Function by Host ...............................140
9.3.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................140
9.3.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................140
9.3.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................140
9.3.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................142
9.3.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................142
9.4 AT^CPIN–Manage PIN .............................................................................................................142
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
13
9.4.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................142
9.4.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................143
9.4.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................143
9.4.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................144
9.4.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................144
9.5 AT^RFSWITCH–Set the Flight Mode ........................................................................................145
9.5.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................145
9.5.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................145
9.5.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................146
9.5.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................146
9.5.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................146
9.6 ^RFSWITCH–Report the RF SWITCH State .............................................................................146
9.6.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................146
9.6.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................146
9.6.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................147
9.6.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................147
9.6.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................147
9.7 AT^MSO–Shutdown Command ................................................................................................147
9.7.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................147
9.7.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................147
9.7.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................148
9.7.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................148
9.7.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................148
9.8 AT^CARDLOCK–Card Lock Administration ...............................................................................148
9.8.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................148
9.8.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................149
9.8.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................149
9.8.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................150
9.8.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................150
9.9 AT^HWCUST–Enable Custom Hardware Function ...................................................................151
9.9.1 Command Syntax ............................................................................................................151
9.9.2 Interface Description ........................................................................................................151
9.9.3 Parameter Description .....................................................................................................151
9.9.4 Property Description ........................................................................................................152
9.9.5 Example ..........................................................................................................................152
9.10 AT^ICCID–Query the ICCID....................................................................................................152
9.10.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................152
9.10.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................153
9.10.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................153
9.10.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................153
9.10.5 Example ........................................................................................................................154
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
14
10 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network Service Interfaces .......................................... 155
10.1 AT^SYSINFOEX–Query Extended System Information ...........................................................155
10.1.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................155
10.1.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................155
10.1.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................155
10.1.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................157
10.1.5 Example ........................................................................................................................157
10.2 AT^SYSCFGEX–Configure Extended System.........................................................................158
10.2.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................158
10.2.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................158
10.2.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................158
10.2.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................160
10.2.5 Example ........................................................................................................................160
10.3 AT^USSDMODE–Select USSD Mode .....................................................................................161
10.3.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................161
10.3.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................162
10.3.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................162
10.3.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................162
10.3.5 Example ........................................................................................................................162
10.4 AT^EONS–Query the Service Provider Name and the EFSPN Information of the SIM Card .......163
10.4.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................163
10.4.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................163
10.4.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................164
10.4.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................165
10.4.5 Example ........................................................................................................................165
10.5 AT^HCSQ–Query and Report Signal Strength ........................................................................166
10.5.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................166
10.5.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................167
10.5.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................167
10.5.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................170
10.5.5 Example ........................................................................................................................170
10.6 ^SRVST–Service State Change Indication..............................................................................170
10.6.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................170
10.6.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................170
10.6.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................170
10.6.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................171
10.6.5 Example ........................................................................................................................171
10.7 ^SIMST–SIM Card State Change Indication ...........................................................................171
10.7.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................171
10.7.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................172
10.7.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................172
10.7.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................172
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
15
10.7.5 Example ........................................................................................................................172
11 Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS Service Interfaces ................................................. 173
11.1 AT^WPDOM–Set Operation Mode ..........................................................................................173
11.1.1 Command Syntax...........................................................................................................173
11.1.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................173
11.1.3 Parameter Description....................................................................................................174
11.1.4 Property Description .......................................................................................................174
11.1.5 Example .........................................................................................................................174
11.2 AT^WPDST–Set Session Type ...............................................................................................175
11.2.1 Command Syntax...........................................................................................................175
11.2.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................175
11.2.3 Parameter Description....................................................................................................175
11.2.4 Property Description .......................................................................................................175
11.2.5 Example .........................................................................................................................176
11.3 AT^WPDFR–Set Positioning Frequency ..................................................................................176
11.3.1 Command Syntax...........................................................................................................176
11.3.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................177
11.3.3 Parameter Description....................................................................................................177
11.3.4 Property Description .......................................................................................................177
11.3.5 Example .........................................................................................................................177
11.4 AT^WPURL–Set AGPS Server Address and Port on the 3GPP Network..................................178
11.4.1 Command Syntax...........................................................................................................178
11.4.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................178
11.4.3 Parameter Description....................................................................................................179
11.4.4 Property Description .......................................................................................................179
11.4.5 Example .........................................................................................................................179
11.5 AT^WPDIM–Delete Auxiliary Data ...........................................................................................179
11.5.1 Command Syntax...........................................................................................................179
11.5.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................180
11.5.3 Parameter Description....................................................................................................180
11.5.4 Property Description .......................................................................................................180
11.5.5 Example .........................................................................................................................180
11.6 AT^WPDGP–Start Positioning Session ...................................................................................181
11.6.1 Command Syntax...........................................................................................................181
11.6.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................181
11.6.3 Parameter Description....................................................................................................181
11.6.4 Property Description .......................................................................................................181
11.6.5 Example .........................................................................................................................181
11.7 AT^WPEND–Terminate Positioning Process ...........................................................................182
11.7.1 Command Syntax...........................................................................................................182
11.7.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................182
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
16
11.7.3 Parameter Description....................................................................................................182
11.7.4 Property Description .......................................................................................................182
11.7.5 Example .........................................................................................................................182
12 Huawei Proprietary Interface: STK Interface ................................................................. 183
12.1 AT^STSF–Configure the Mode of STK ....................................................................................183
12.1.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................183
12.1.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................183
12.1.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................184
12.1.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................184
12.1.5 Example ........................................................................................................................184
12.2 AT^CUSATM–Query the Main Menu .......................................................................................185
12.2.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................185
12.2.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................185
12.2.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................185
12.2.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................185
12.2.5 Example ........................................................................................................................185
13 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Tunable Antenna Interface .......................................... 187
13.1 AT^ANTENCFG–Set Tunable Antenna ...................................................................................187
13.1.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................187
13.1.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................187
13.1.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................188
13.1.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................190
13.1.5 Example ........................................................................................................................190
14 Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2 Interface .................................................................. 192
14.1 AT+XTSM–Set Thermal Sensor with the Threshold .................................................................192
14.1.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................192
14.1.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................192
14.1.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................192
14.1.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................193
14.1.5 Example ........................................................................................................................193
14.2 +XTS–Unsolicitedly Present of the Threshold Reached ..........................................................194
14.2.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................194
14.2.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................194
14.2.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................194
14.2.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................194
14.2.5 Example ........................................................................................................................194
14.3 AT+XTAMR–Query the Current Temperature of a Thermal Sensor ..........................................195
14.3.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................195
14.3.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................195
14.3.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................195
14.3.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................195
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
17
14.3.5 Example ........................................................................................................................195
14.4 AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO–Query Adaptive Clock Frequency Info ...........................................196
14.4.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................196
14.4.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................196
14.4.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................196
14.4.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................197
14.4.5 Example ........................................................................................................................197
14.5 +XADPCLKFREQINFO–Unsolicitedly Present of Adaptive Clock Frequency Info ....................198
14.5.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................198
14.5.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................198
14.5.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................198
14.5.4 Property Description ......................................................................................................198
14.5.5 Example ........................................................................................................................198
15 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer Production Line Tests Interface ................ 199
15.1 AT^TMODE–Set the Operating Mode .....................................................................................199
15.1.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................199
15.1.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................199
15.1.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................199
15.2 AT^FCHAN–Set Non-signaling Channels ................................................................................200
15.2.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................200
15.2.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................200
15.2.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................201
15.3 AT^TSELRF–Select RF Channel ............................................................................................201
15.3.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................201
15.3.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................201
15.3.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................202
15.3.4 Example ........................................................................................................................202
15.4 AT^FRXON–Enable a Receiver in Non-signaling Mode ...........................................................203
15.4.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................203
15.4.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................203
15.4.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................203
15.5 AT^FLNA–Set the LNA Level of a Receiver .............................................................................203
15.5.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................203
15.5.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................204
15.5.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................204
15.6 AT^FRSSI–Obtain the Current Channel RSSI .........................................................................204
15.6.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................204
15.6.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................204
15.6.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................205
15.7 AT^FWAVE–Set the Waveform in Non-signaling Mode............................................................205
15.7.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................205
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
18
15.7.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................205
15.7.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................205
15.8 AT^FTXON–Enable the Transmitter in Non-signaling Mode.....................................................206
15.8.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................206
15.8.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................206
15.8.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................206
15.9 AT^GNSSCNO–Request GPS CN0 ........................................................................................206
15.9.1 Command Syntax ..........................................................................................................206
15.9.2 Interface Description ......................................................................................................207
15.9.3 Parameter Description ...................................................................................................207
15.9.4 Example ........................................................................................................................207
15.10 AT^PWRCFG–Configure the Maximum Tx Power .................................................................207
15.10.1 Command Syntax ........................................................................................................207
15.10.2 Interface Description ....................................................................................................208
15.10.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................208
15.10.4 Property Description ....................................................................................................213
15.10.5 Example ......................................................................................................................213
15.11 AT^PWRCFGON–Enable the Maximum Tx Power Configuration ...........................................214
15.11.1 Command Syntax.........................................................................................................214
15.11.2 Interface Description ....................................................................................................215
15.11.3 Parameter Description ..................................................................................................215
15.11.4 Property Description .....................................................................................................215
15.11.5 Example .......................................................................................................................215
15.12 AT^ANTMODE–Set Operation Mode of Main and AUX Antennas ..........................................215
15.12.1 Command Syntax ........................................................................................................215
15.12.2 Interface Description ....................................................................................................216
15.12.3 Parameter Description .................................................................................................216
15.12.4 Property Description ....................................................................................................217
15.12.5 Example ......................................................................................................................217
15.13 AT^CUSTNVCLR–Clear Customer Nonvolatile Value ...........................................................217
15.13.1 Command Syntax ........................................................................................................217
15.13.2 Interface Description ....................................................................................................217
15.13.3 Property Description ....................................................................................................218
15.13.4 Example ......................................................................................................................218
16 Appendix ............................................................................................................................. 219
16.1 List of URC Commands ..........................................................................................................219
16.2 General CME Error List ..........................................................................................................222
16.3 CMS Error List .......................................................................................................................225
16.4 Final Result Code ...................................................................................................................226
16.5 Mapping Between Operating Bands and band_switch Values .................................................227
16.6 References ............................................................................................................................230
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Contents
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
19
16.7 Acronyms and Abbreviations ..................................................................................................231
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Introduction
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
20
1 Introduction
1.1 Scope
This document describes AT command interface specifications that is supported by
Huawei Mobile Broadband product ME936 module.
Please read the Release Notes released with the firmware before using ME936
module and this document.
1.2 Overview
This document describes certain AT commands (implemented by terminal devices) of
international standards, according to the requirements of terminal devices. In addition,
this document describes the proprietary AT command interfaces that are implemented
by terminal devices. These proprietary AT command interfaces help implement a
certain function.
This document does not describe the interfaces that have been defined by standards
or implemented by the mobile terminal (MT) but are not required by the Huawei
terminal product. The description of AT command interfaces covers only the data
packets of interfaces, the methods and processes for the Terminal Equipment (TE)
and the MT to use interfaces, excluding the contents that are not directly related to
interfaces. In addition, this document describes only the AT command interfaces
falling within the range of Rm interfaces between the TE and MT, excluding the AT
command interfaces falling within the range of Um interfaces between the MT and
IWF.
AT commands are communication command protocols between TEs and MTs. If a
new MT is to interconnect with an existing TE implemented based on this AT
specification, the MT must comply with the specification. For example, to interconnect
with the unified background of an existing personal computer (PC), a new module
must comply with this specification. A PC application or tool must comply with this
specification to interconnect with existing terminal devices. If a TE or MT does not
communicate by using AT commands, this specification does not apply.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Introduction
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
21
1.3 Organization
Chapter 2 "General Commands" to chapter 7 "Standard STK Interface Commands"
describe AT interfaces defined in international standards such as 3GPP and ITU-T.
Chapter 8 "Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR Interface Description" to chapter
15 "Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer Production Line Tests Interface" describe
Huawei proprietary interfaces.
1.4 Document Conventions
Throughout the document, the module are referred to as ME (Mobile Equipment), MS
(Mobile Station), TA (Terminal Adapter) or DCE (Data Communication Equipment). To
control your module you can simply send AT Commands via its serial interface. The
controlling device at the other end of the serial line is referred to as TE (Terminal
Equipment), DTE (Data Terminal Equipment) or plainly 'the application' (probably
running on an embedded system).
Section "Property Description" of each command marks the property of each AT
command. Where, N means No, Y means Yes and NA means Not Applicable.
For example:
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
Y
The settings are described as follows:
- Parameter settings in the command are not saved after the MT is powered off.
- This command is controlled by personal identity numbers (PINs).
1.5 AT Command Syntax
1.5.1 AT Command Types
Table 1-1 Types of AT commands
AT command
type
Sub-type
Syntax
Function
General
command
Set command
- Contains one parameter:
AT<name>[=<value>]
- Contains multiple parameters:
AT<name>=[<compound_value>]
A set command is executed
to set parameters.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Introduction
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
22
AT command
type
Sub-type
Syntax
Function
Execution
command
- Contains no parameter: AT<name>
- Contains one parameter:
AT<name>[=<value>]
- Contains multiple parameters:
AT<name>[=<compound_value>]
An execution command
performs a specific action in
addition to interacting with
the local parameters of the
MS.
Read
command
AT<name>?
A read command is
executed to read the
current value of a
parameter.
Test
command
AT<name>=?
A test command is
executed to return the
available value range of
each parameter supported
by the command.
Basic
command
Basic
command
AT<command>[<number>]
In the command format,
<command> indicates a
single letter (A–Z) or the &
symbol plus a single letter.
In the command format,
<number> indicates a
decimal number with one
digit or multiple digits. The
digit 0 at the start of
<number> can be ignored.
S register
command
Read
command
ATS<parameter number>?
Returns the ASCII code of
characters currently saved
in the S register. The ASCII
code is expressed by a
3-digit decimal number.
The digit 0 is added in the
front of the number in case
of insufficient digits.
Set command
ATS<parameter
number>=<value>
Replaces the characters
saved in the S register with
the characters related to
the value of <value>.
1.5.2 AT Command Parameter
You are not advised to use various parameter values that are not described in this
document or not supported currently as described in this document.
The AT command parameters described in the following chapters are in two formats:
<> and [], which are described as follows:
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Introduction
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
23
<...>:
The parameter inside these angle brackets is mandatory. The <> does
not exist in a command.
[...]:
The parameter inside these square brackets is optional. The [] does not
exist in a command or a response.
<CR>:
Carriage return character, which value is specified with command S3.
<LF>:
Line feed character, which value is specified with command S4.
According to the AT command specifications for GSM and WCDMA in 3GPP TS
27.007, there is a component named TA between TE and MT. Physically, TA can be
integrated with either TE or MT. In this document, TA is integrated with MT. In TIA/EIA
IS 707-A, TA is not specified. To simplify the description in this document, TA is
ignored. The client on a computer is treated as TE, and MT is treated as TA+MT.
Note:
If all parameters are not specified, "=" is not required.
1.5.3 AT Command Description
An AT command controls the rules for interaction between the TE such as PC and MT
such as MS. Figure 1-1 shows the interaction between the TE and MT.
Figure 1-1 Interaction between the TE and MT
Figure 1-2 shows the basic organization format of the AT command line.
TE MT
USER &APPLICATIONS NETWORK
AT cmds
Result codes
Information text
Network messages
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Introduction
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
24
Figure 1-2 Basic organization format of the AT command line
ATCMD1 CMD2=12; +CMD1; +CMD2=,,15; +CMD2?; +CMD2=?<CR>
command line prefix
basic command
(no + prefix)
subparameter
extended command
(prefixed with +)
extended commands are
delimited with semicolon
subparameters
may be omitted
command line
termination character
read command for checking
current subparameter values
test command for checking
possible subparameter values
The returned value of the AT command consists of two parts: response message and
result codes. Figure 1-3 shows an example of returned value of the AT command.
Figure 1-3 An example of returned value of the AT command
For the errors returned by all AT commands in this document,
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF> may be returned except errors defined by the AT
command. Therefore, the error of <CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF> will not be described
in every command.
1.6 Abort Attributes of AT Commands
Some action commands that require time to execute may be aborted while in progress.
Aborting of commands is accomplished by the transmission from the DTE to the DCE
of any character. A single character shall be sufficient to abort the command in
progress; however, characters transmitted during the first 125 milliseconds after
transmission of the termination character shall be ignored (to allow for the DTE to
<CR><LF>+CMD2: 3,0,15,"GSM"<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+CMD2: (0-3),(0,1),(0-12,15),("GSM","IRA")<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
information response to +CMD2?
information response to +CMD2=?
final result code
also string type subparameters possible
shows acceptable ranges of each subparameter
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Introduction
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
25
append additional control characters such as line feed after the command line
termination character). To insure that the aborting character is recognized by the DCE,
it should be sent at the same rate as the preceding command line; the DCE may
ignore characters sent at other rates. When such an aborting event is recognized by
the DCE, it shall terminate the command in progress and return an appropriate result
code to the DTE, as specified for the particular command.
The following commands can be aborted.
ATD
Can be aborted
AT+CLCK
Can be aborted
AT+COPS
Can be aborted except "AT+COPS=?"
1.7 Rules for Running AT Commands
1. Each interface should be functionally convergent.
2. Each command line contains only one AT command and ends with a carriage
return character. For the URC instruction or response reported from MT to TE,
only one AT command is allowed in a command line. In principle, users are not
allowed to run S3/S4 format modification commands. This rule is applicable to the
communication between the MT and TE programs.
3. For an AT command that cannot be interrupted, after sending the AT command,
the TE must wait until the MT responds to the AT command before sending the
second AT command.
4. For the AT command to which the response is given only after a long time, in
order to prevent interference on other events, it is recommended to report the
final execution result asynchronously. If the ME responds to the TE only after a
long time of waiting, the response of command may be interrupted by URC.
There are two kinds of interruption:
− Case 1: A URC is presented when the TE is waiting for response after sending
a command. This command will be kept in waiting state until the TE finishes
receiving the URC, and then the response to this command is presented.
− Case 2: A URC is presented when the TE is waiting for response after sending
a command. The command continues to be executed. Therefore, response to
the command may be mixed with the URC.
5. A string refers to a byte stream (excluding the quotation marks or commas) that is
placed inside double quotation marks. Special note should be specified if the byte
stream need not be enclosed in double quotation marks.
6. The current version does not support escape character. The code value of a data
format in the UCS2 coding is reported as characters. For example, if the UCS2
code of a Chinese character is 0x553a, the 553a is reported.
7. A possible response sent by the MT to the TE consists of Information text and
Result code, in which Information text is optional and Result code is mandatory.
The format of a possible response is controlled by the ATV command. For details,
see the description of the ATV Command. In this document, all possible
responses listed in tables follow the ATV1 format.
8. The meaning of the command without any parameter should be described in the
document. And it is not recommended to use the command not setting any
parameter.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Introduction
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
26
9. For the AT command that is controlled by PIN, if it is sent in PIN restricted mode,
MT will response with "+CME ERROR: SIM PIN required".
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
27
2 General Commands
2.1 ATV–Set the Response Format
2.1.1 Command Syntax
ATV[<value>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.1.2 Interface Description
This command sets the format of the result code and information field in response to
an AT command, including the composition of the header and the tail and the form of
the returned result code content. The returned result code content has two formats,
namely, digit, and detailed string.
The following table describes the impact of the format setting on the format of the
result code and the response information field. <CR> indicates the S3 character and
<LF> indicates the S4 character.
Command
V0
V1
Information responses
<text><CR><LF>
<CR><LF><text><CR><LF>
Result codes
<numeric code><CR>
<CR><LF><verbosecode><CR>
<LF>
2.1.3 Parameter Description
<value>:
0
The MT sends an abbreviated header and tail and adopts the result
code in the digit format.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
28
1
The MT sends a complete header and tail and adopts the result code in
the detailed string format. (default value)
Note:
If <value> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <value> to 1.
2.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
2.1.5 Example
Run:
ATV1
Response:
OK
2.2 ATI–Request Identification
2.2.1 Command Syntax
ATI[<value>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF><list of MS ID info><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.2.2 Interface Description
The ATI command queries the ID information about the MS, including:
Manufacturer (AT+GMI)
Product model (AT+GMM)
Software version (AT+GMR)
ESN/IMEI (AT+GSN)
Capability list (AT+GCAP)
About the details, please see 2.2.5 Example.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
29
2.2.3 Parameter Description
<value>:
0
Query the previously described MS ID information.
Note:
If <value> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <value> to 0.
2.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
2.2.5 Example
Run:
ATI
Response:
Manufacturer: Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Model: ME936
Revision: 11.110.07.04.00
IMEI: 356112010004540
+GCAP: +CGSM
OK
2.3 AT+GCAP–Request Transmission Capacity Domain
Identification
2.3.1 Command Syntax
AT+GCAP
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+GCAP: (list of supported MS transmit mode
info)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+GCAP=?
Possible Response(s)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
30
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.3.2 Interface Description
This command lists transmission capacity domains currently supported by an MS.
Only the execution command is supported at present. The test command returns OK.
2.3.3 Parameter Description
None
2.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
2.3.5 Example
Run:
AT+GCAP
Response:
+GCAP: +CGSM
OK
In the returned value, +CGSM indicates that the MS supports the GSM mode.
2.4 AT+CGMI/AT+GMI–Request Manufacturer
Identification
2.4.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGMI
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF><manufacturer><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGMI=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
31
2.4.2 Interface Description
This command queries the MT's manufacturer information. AT+GMI and AT+CGMI
have the same function and syntax.
2.4.3 Parameter Description
<manufacturer>: a string indicating the manufacturer information.
Unless otherwise specified, "Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd." is returned.
2.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
2.4.5 Example
Run:
AT+CGMI
Response:
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
OK
2.5 AT+CGMM/AT+GMM–Request Model Identification
2.5.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGMM
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF><production_name><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGMM=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
32
2.5.2 Interface Description
This command queries the MT's model identification. Both AT+CGMM and AT+GMM
query the MT's model ID. The model ID's value can be one or more lines of text,
determined by the MT's manufacturer. The model ID is used to identify the product
model and can contain the product name and information that the manufacturer want
to provide. The number of characters, including line terminators, in the response to
this command cannot exceed 2048. The sequence 0<CR> or OK<CR> is not allowed
in the response.
2.5.3 Parameter Description
<production_name>: product name.
2.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
2.5.5 Example
Product name: ME936
Run:
AT+CGMM
Response:
ME936
OK
2.6 AT+CGMR/AT+GMR–Request Software Version
2.6.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGMR
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF><version><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGMR=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
33
2.6.2 Interface Description
The execution command causes the ME to return its software version. AT+GMR and
AT+CGMR have the same function and syntax.
2.6.3 Parameter Description
<version>: software version, a string with up to 31 characters. The sequence 0<CR>
or OK<CR> is not allowed in the response.
2.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
2.6.5 Example
Run:
AT+CGMR
Response:
11.103.35.00.00
OK
2.7 AT+CGSN/AT+GSN–Request Product Serial Number
Identification
2.7.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGSN
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF><sn><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGSN=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
34
2.7.2 Interface Description
This command queries the MT's International Mobile station Equipment Identity (IMEI).
AT+GSN and AT+CGSN have the same function and syntax.
2.7.3 Parameter Description
<sn>: the MT's IMEI. The returned IMEI is a string consisting of 15 digits described in
the following table.
8 char
6 char
1 char
TAC
SNR
Spare
TAC : the type approval code assigned to the MT
SNR : the MT's serial number
Spare: spare digit
2.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
2.7.5 Example
If the TAC is "35154800", the SNR is "022544", and the spare digit is 4, then:
Run:
AT+CGSN
Response:
351548000225444
OK
2.8 AT+CSCS–Select TE Character Set
2.8.1 Command Syntax
AT+CSCS=[<chset>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
35
AT+CSCS?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSCS: <chset><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CSCS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSCS: (list of supported
<chset>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.8.2 Interface Description
The set command notifies TA of the TE's current character set so that TA can correctly
convert TE's and MT's character sets. If TA uses an 8-bit interface but TE uses a 7-bit
character set, the most significant bit of a character sent by the TE is set to 0.
2.8.3 Parameter Description
<chset>: at present, the default character set used by MS is "IRA". If AT+CSCS does
not contain any parameter, that means set the current character as the default
character. Other character sets are listed below (only the "IRA", "GSM" and "UCS2"
character sets are supported at present):
"GSM"
GSM 7 bit default alphabet (3GPP TS 23.038); this setting causes
easily software flow control (XON/XOFF) problems.
"HEX"
Character strings consist only of hexadecimal numbers from 00 to
FF; e.g. "032FE6" equals three 8-bit characters with decimal values
3, 47 and 230; no conversions to the original MT character set shall
be done.
"IRA"
International reference alphabet (ITU-T T.50)
"PCCPxxx"
PC character set Code Page xxx
"PCDN"
PC Danish/Norwegian character set
"UCS2"
16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set (ISO/IEC10646);
UCS2 character strings are converted to hexadecimal numbers from
0000 to FFFF; e.g. "004100620063" equals three 16-bit characters
with decimal values 65, 98 and 99.
"8859-n"
ISO 8859 Latin n (1–6) character set
"8859-C"
ISO 8859 Latin/Cyrillic character set
"8859-A"
ISO 8859 Latin/Arabic character set
"8859-G"
ISO 8859 Latin/Greek character set
"8859-H"
ISO 8859 Latin/Hebrew character set
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
36
Note:
If MT is using GSM 7 bit default alphabet, its characters shall be padded with 8th bit (zero)
before converting them to hexadecimal numbers (i.e. no SMS-style packing of 7-bit alphabet).
2.8.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
2.8.5 Example
Run:
AT+CSCS="IRA"
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CSCS?
Response:
+CSCS: "IRA"
OK
Run:
AT+CSCS=?
Response:
+CSCS: ("IRA","GSM","UCS2")
OK
2.9 AT+CIMI–Request IMSI
2.9.1 Command Syntax
AT+CIMI
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF><IMSI><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CIMI=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
37
2.9.2 Interface Description
This command queries the USIM or SIM card's International Mobile Subscriber
Identity (IMSI).
2.9.3 Parameter Description
<IMSI>: the IMSI stored on the USIM or SIM card. It is a string consisting of decimal
digits, as described in the following table.
Up to 15 Digits
3 Digits
2 or 3 Digits
MCC
MNC
MSIN
MCC: mobile country code
MNC: mobile network code
MSIN: mobile subscriber identification number
2.9.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
2.9.5 Example
If the MCC is 460, the MNC is 09, and the MSIN is 7552011825, then:
Run:
AT+CIMI
Response:
460097552011825
OK
2.10 AT+CMEE–Report Mobile Termination Error
2.10.1 Command Syntax
AT+CMEE=<n>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
38
AT+CMEE?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMEE: <n><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CMEE=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMEE: (list of supported <n>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2.10.2 Interface Description
The set command disables or enables the use of result code +CME ERROR: <err> as
an indication of an error relating to the functionality of the MT. When enabled, MT
related errors cause the +CME ERROR: <err> final result code instead of the regular
ERROR final result code. Regular ERROR is returned when the error is not MT-related.
2.10.3 Parameter Description
<n>: an integer type value indicating the format of the error result code. The default
value is 0. If <n> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <n> to 0.
0
Disable the +CME ERROR: <err> result code and use ERROR instead
1
Enable the +CME ERROR: <err> result code and use numeric <err>
values
2
Enable the +CME ERROR: <err> result code and use verbose <err>
values
<err>: see section 16.2 General CME Error List.
2.10.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
2.10.5 Example
Run:
AT+CMEE=2
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CMEE?
Response:
+CMEE: 2
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
General Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
39
Run:
AT+CMEE=?
Response:
+CMEE: (0,1,2)
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
40
3 Network Service Related Commands
3.1 AT+COPS–Select Operator
3.1.1 Command Syntax
AT+COPS=[<mode>[,<format>[,<oper>[,<AcT>]]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+COPS?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+COPS:
<mode>[,<format>,<oper>[,<AcT>]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+COPS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+COPS: [list of supported (<stat>,long alphanumeric <oper>,short
alphanumeric <oper>,numeric <oper>[,<AcT>])s][,,(list of supported
<mode>s),(list of supported <format>s)]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
3.1.2 Interface Description
This interface enables to query the network state and network selection mode
currently registered by the MS.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
41
The execution command enables to select the GSM/UMTS/LTE network automatically
or manually.
The read command returns the current network selection mode. If the registration is
successful, the current operator information will be returned.
The test command returns the list of (up to 20) operators existent in the current
network.
Note:
When <mode>=1, the command is aborted, and it will return OK for aborting.
3.1.3 Parameter Description
<mode>:
0
Automatic (<oper> field is ignored)
1
Manual (<oper> field shall be present, and <AcT> optionally)
2
Deregister from network
3
Set only <format> (for read command AT+COPS?), do not attempt
registration/deregistration (<oper> and <AcT> fields are ignored); this
value is not applicable in read command response
4
Manual/automatic (<oper> field shall be present); if manual selection
fails, automatic mode (<mode>=0) is entered
<format>:
0
Long format alphanumeric <oper>
1
Short format alphanumeric <oper>
2
Numeric <oper>
<oper>: string type.
<format>: indicates if the format is alphanumeric or numeric; long alphanumeric
format can be up to 16 characters long and short format up to 8 characters (refer GSM
MoU SE.13). Numeric format is the GSM Location Area Identification number (refer
3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.1.3) which consists of a three BCD digit country
code coded as in ITU-T E.212 Annex A, plus a two BCD digit network code, which is
administration specific; returned <oper> shall not be in BCD format, but in IRA
characters converted from BCD. Hence the number has structure: (country code digit
3)(country code digit 2)(country code digit 1)(network code digit 3)(network code digit
2)(network code digit 1).
<stat>:
0
Unknown
1
Available
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
42
2
Current
3
Forbidden
<AcT>: access technology selected
0
GSM
1
GSM Compact (not supported currently)
2
UTRAN
3
GSM w/EGPRS (not supported currently)
4
UTRAN w/HSDPA (not supported currently)
5
UTRAN w/HSUPA (not supported currently)
6
UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA (not supported currently)
7
E-UTRAN
3.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
3.1.5 Example
- Query the present status of ME's network registration using the test command:
Run:
AT+COPS=?
Response:
+COPS:
(3,"CHN-UNICOM","UNICOM","46001",0),(3,"CHINA
MOBILE","CMCC","46000",0),,(0,1,2,3,4),(0,1,2)
OK
- Automatic search of network:
Run:
AT+COPS=0
Response:
OK
Note:
In the set command, that <mode>=0 makes other parameters invalid.
- Manual search of network:
Run:
AT+COPS=1,2,"46000",0
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
43
Response:
OK
- If the selected operator was not allowed, the ME is now deregistered. The read
command will return only the mode, but no operator:
Run:
AT+COPS?
Response:
+COPS: 1
OK
Please use the AT+CREG? command to verify the registration status.
Notes:
- We cannot manually search the UTRAN/LTE network when current setting is GSM ONLY
mode which set by AT^SYSCFGEX.
- We cannot manually search the GSM/LTE network when current setting is WCDMA ONLY
mode which set by AT^SYSCFGEX.
- We cannot manually search the GSM/UTRAN network when current setting is LTE ONLY
mode which set by AT^SYSCFGEX.
- ERROR will be returned in this situation.
- Query the status of the ME's network registration using the read command:
Run:
AT+COPS?
Queries the information of the
network currently logged in.
Response:
+COPS: 1,2,"46000",0
OK
Command returns mode,
format and registered operator.
3.2 AT+CREG–Register Network
3.2.1 Command Syntax
AT+CREG=[<n>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CREG?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CREG:
<n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
44
AT+CREG=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CREG: (list of supported <n>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
3.2.2 Interface Description
The set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CREG.
The read command returns the current registration status <stat>. Location
information elements <lac>, <ci> and <AcT> are returned only when <n>=2.
The test command returns the supported values of <n>.
3.2.3 Parameter Description
<n>:
0
Disable network registration unsolicited result code +CREG
1
Enable network registration unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>
2
Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result
code +CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]]
<stat>:
0
Not registered, MS is not currently searching for a new operator to
register with.
1
Registered, home network.
2
Not registered, but MS is currently searching for a new operator to
register with.
3
Registration denied.
4
Unknown.
5
Registered, roaming.
<lac>: string type; two byte location area code or tracking area code in hexadecimal
format (e.g. "00C3" equals 195 in decimal, and means two bytes of "0x00" and
"0xC3").
<ci>: string type; four byte GERAN/UTRAN/E-UTRAN cell ID in hexadecimal format
<AcT>: integer type; access technology of the serving cell
0
GSM
1
GSM Compact (not supported currently)
2
UTRAN
3
GSM w/EGPRS[1]
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
45
4
UTRAN w/HSDPA[2]
5
UTRAN w/HSUPA[2]
6
UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA[2]
7
E-UTRAN
Notes:
- [1] 3GPP TS 44.060 specifies the system information messages which give the information
about whether the serving cell supports EGPRS.
- [2] 3GPP TS 25.331 specifies the system information blocks which give the information
about whether the serving cell supports HSDPA or HSUPA.
3.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
Y
3.2.5 Example
- Enable the initiative report when network registration status change:
Run:
AT+CREG=1
Response:
OK
- Query the current network registration status:
Run:
AT+CREG?
Response:
+CREG: 1,1
OK
- Query the list of supported <n>s using the test command:
Run:
AT+CREG=?
Response:
+CREG: (0-2)
OK
- If the location area code is 0x2513, the cell ID is 0x000E0027, and the network
mode is WCDMA, the terminal will receive the unsolicited reports:
Run:
AT+CREG?
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
46
Response:
+CREG: 2,1,"2513","000E0027",2
OK
3.3 AT+CLCK–Facility Lock
3.3.1 Command Syntax
AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mode>[,<passwd>[,<class>]]
Possible Response(s)
When <mode>=2 and the command is executed successfully:
<CR><LF>+CLCK: <status><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
When <mode>≠2 and the command is executed successfully:
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CLCK=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CLCK: (list of supported <fac>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
3.3.2 Interface Description
The execution command locks, unlocks or interrogates an MT or a network facility
<fac>.
The test command returns the supported facilities.
3.3.3 Parameter Description
<fac>: specifies the target of this command.
"SC"
SIM card (if this parameter is set, MT will request the password during
startup)
"AB"
All Barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AC"
All incoming barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AG"
All outgoing barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AI"
Bar All Incoming calls
"AO"
Bar All Outgoing calls
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
47
"IR"
BIC-Roam (Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home
country)
"OI"
Bar Outgoing International calls
"OX"
Bar Outgoing international calls except to home country
"FD"
SIM card or active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM) fixed dialing
memory feature (reserved, not supported currently)
"PN"
Network Personalization
Note:
The passwords for "SC" and "FD" are stored on the SIM card; other passwords are set on the
network side.
<mode>: integer type; indicating operating mode.
0
Unlock
1
Lock
2
Queries status
<status>: integer type; indicating current status.
0
Not active
1
Active
<passwd>: string type; shall be enclosed in quotation marks when specified in the
command and be the same as the password specified using the AT+CPWD command.
When <mode>=0 or 1, <passwd> is mandatory. When <mode>=2, <passwd> is not
required. The characters in <passwd> must range from '0' to '9'.
<classx>: (not supported currently)
1
Voice (telephony)
2
Data
4
Fax
8
Short message service
3.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
Y
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
48
Note:
If the number of consecutive incorrect PIN entry attempts exceeds the remaining number of
allowed PIN entry attempts, the PUK will be requested.
3.3.5 Example
- Query the lock status of SIM:
Run:
AT+CLCK="SC",2
Response:
+CLCK: 0
OK
- Set the lock status of SIM:
Run:
AT+CLCK="SC",1,"1234"
Response:
OK
- Query the list of supported <fac>s:
Run:
AT+CLCK=?
Response:
+CLCK:
("AO","OI","AI","IR","OX","AB","AG","AC","PN","SC"
,"FD")
OK
3.4 AT+CPWD–Change Password
3.4.1 Command Syntax
AT+CPWD=<fac>,<oldpwd>,<newpwd>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPWD=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPWD: list of supported
(<fac>,<pwdlength>)s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
49
3.4.2 Interface Description
The set command sets a new password for the facility lock function.
The test command returns a list of pairs which present the available facilities and the
maximum length of their password.
3.4.3 Parameter Description
<fac>: specifies the target of this command.
"P2"
SIM PIN2
"SC"
SIM card (if this parameter is set, MT will request the password during
startup)
"AB"
All Barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AC"
All incoming barring services
"AG"
All incoming barring services
"AI"
Bar All Incoming calls
"AO"
Bar All Outgoing calls
"IR"
BIC-Roam (Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home
country)
"OI"
Bar Outgoing International calls
"OX"
Bar Outgoing international calls except to home country
<oldpwd>, <newpwd>: string type; old password and new password whose
maximum lengths are specified by <pwdlength>. The characters allowed in
<oldpwd> and <newpwd> must range from '0' to '9'.
<pwdlength>: integer type maximum length of the password for the facility.
3.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
Note:
When the password is changed, if the number of consecutive incorrect PIN entry attempts
exceeds the remaining number of allowed PIN entry attempts, the PUK will be requested.
3.4.5 Example
- Modify PIN2 of SIM:
Run:
AT+CPWD="P2","5678","8765"
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
50
Response:
OK
- Query the list of supported (<fac>,<pwdlength>)s:
Run:
AT+CPWD=?
Response:
+CPWD:
("SC",8),("P2",8),("AO",4),("OI",4),("OX",4),("AI"
,4),("IR",4),("AB",4),("AG",4),("AC",4)
OK
3.5 AT+CUSD–USSD Command
Users can run Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD) commands using
mobile devices to request specific services from the network, and the network also
can send USSD commands to devices to implement specific services. Unlike SMS,
USSD allows real-time bidirectional data exchange so that it can be used in services,
such as stock information query. Currently, many value-added services, such as stock,
lottery, weather forecast, and flight information query, are provided using USSD.
3.5.1 Command Syntax
AT+CUSD=[<n>[,<str>[,<dcs>]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CUSD?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CUSD: <n><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CUSD=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CUSD: (list of supported <n>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
3.5.2 Interface Description
This command provides control on the supplementary service USSD. It supports the
operation originated from the network side or the terminal side.
<n> is used to disable/enable proactive reporting of URC. This reporting may be
response to the terminal-originated service at the network side, or service request
originated at the network side:
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
51
+CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>]
The definition of its parameters and the use of this command, see section 3.6
+CUSD–Unsolicitedly Report USSD of Network.
If the <str> field is provided in the delivered command, the message sent to the
network side may the USSD request originated at the terminal side, or the response to
the network-side request from the terminal. The response (USSD string) from the
network will be included in the subsequent +CUSD result code.
Besides, <n>=2 is used to exit the current USSD session.
When the <n> takes on the default value, the execution command is equivalent to the
set command AT+CUSD=0.
The test command returns all the supported values of <n>.
3.5.3 Parameter Description
<n>:
0
Disable the result code presentation to the TE
1
Enable the result code presentation to the TE
2
Cancel session
<str>: string type, USSD-string. Valid USSD characters are 0–9, '*' and '#'.
- When USSD is transmitted in coding mode (non-transparent mode), the value of
<str> is set by running AT+CSCS. The MT will encode the value to the data that
complies with the requirement specified by <dcs> and send the data to network
side.
- When USSD is transmitted in transparent mode using Huawei's proprietary
scheme, the value of <str> is not controlled by AT+CSCS and not encoded or
decoded by the MT.
The MT can send USSD data that contains a maximum 160 bytes to the network side.
Note:
The transmission mode for USSD is set by running AT^USSDMODE.
<dcs>: integer type, USSD coding. The default value is 15 (see 3GPP TS 23.038 Cell
Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format).
When the AT command AT^USSDMODE=0, the UE only can support the GSM 7bit and
8bit data coding scheme, not support the UCS2 data coding scheme.
<m>:
0
No further user action required (network-initiated USSD-Notify, or no
further information needed after terminal initiated operation)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
52
1
Further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or
further information needed after terminal initiated operation)
2
USSD session released by the network side
3
Other local clients have responded
4
Operation not supported (message returned from network)
5
Network connection timeout
3.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
3.5.5 Example
To set the character set on a terminal to IRA in non-transparent transmission mode by
running AT+CSCS:
- Use USSD to query the phone number (given that the query code is *99#):
Run:
AT+CUSD=1,"99",15
Response:
OK
- Network response (if the phone number is 86139037601):
Response:
+CUSD: 0,"139037601",15
The following figure illustrates the process of USSD service (the process of querying
bank account balance is used as an example).
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
53
Notes:
For intuitive description, the strings in the previous figure are not converted to codes.
- MT: mobile terminal
- USSDC: USSD center
- SP: the server that provides the service
3.6 +CUSD–Unsolicitedly Report USSD of Network
3.6.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>+CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>]<CR><LF>
3.6.2 Interface Description
When the network responses to USSD originated by MT, or it requests USSD, or the
network notifies USSD to MT. MT will unsolicitedly report "+CUSD:
<m>[,<str>,<dcs>]" to TE.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Network Service Related Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
54
3.6.3 Parameter Description
The definition of its parameters and the use of this command, see section 3.5
AT+CUSD–USSD Command.
3.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
3.6.5 Example
If sending AT+CUSD=1,"3133",15 to MT, an unsolicited report is presented
automatically as follows (transparent mode):
Response:
+CUSD:
0,"CD69724A74EA1A385B6C9683CD6E3059AE3603",15
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
55
4 Mobile Termination Control and
Status Commands
4.1 AT+CFUN–Set Operation Mode
4.1.1 Command Syntax
AT+CFUN=[<fun>[,<rst>]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CFUN?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CFUN: <fun><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CFUN=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CFUN: (list of supported <fun>s),(list of supported
<rst>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
4.1.2 Interface Description
The execution command sets the MT mode or restarts the MT.
The read command queries the current mode.
The test command returns the supported parameter values.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
56
4.1.3 Parameter Description
<fun>:
0
Minimum functionality (disable RF but reserve SIM card power supply,
previous mode must not be offline)
1
Set as online mode (default value) (previous mode must not be offline)
4
Set as offline mode (previous mode must not be FTM)
5
Set as FTM mode (previous mode must be online)
6
Restart MT (previous mode must be offline)
7
Disable RF (previous mode must not be offline)
<rst>: whether to restart MT before setting
0
Do not restart MT before setting (default value)
1
Restart the MT before setting (<fun> is set to 1)
4.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
4.1.5 Example
- Query the MT's current mode by using the read command:
Run:
AT+CFUN?
Response:
+CFUN: 1
OK
- The MT's current mode is 1 (online mode), we will set it to mode 5 (FTM) without
restarting the module, and use the set mode:
Run:
AT+CFUN=5,0
Response:
OK
- Which mode does MT support, use the test command:
Run:
AT+CFUN=?
Response:
+CFUN: (0-1,4-7),(0-1)
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
57
4.2 AT+CPIN–Enter PIN
4.2.1 Command Syntax
AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPIN?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPIN: <code><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CPIN=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
4.2.2 Interface Description
The read command returns a string indicating whether a password is required or not.
The set command is used for verifying and unblocking PIN.
If the current password required is PIN, run AT+CPIN=<pin> to verify PIN.
If the current password required is PUK, run AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>] to
unblock the PIN. In "AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>]", <pin> is the SIM PUK, and
<newpin> is the new PIN.
If the set command is executed when PIN is not requested, +CME ERROR: <err> is
returned.
Note:
Verifying PIN or PUK while a call or other services are ongoing may cause the call or services to
be terminated.
4.2.3 Parameter Description
<pin>, <newpin>: string type values of the 4–8 digits. The character allowed in
<pin> and <newpin> must range from '0' to '9', otherwise, an error message is
returned.
<code>: string type, without quotation marks.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
58
READY
MT is not pending for any password
SIM PIN
MT is waiting for UICC/SIM PIN to be given
SIM PUK
MT is waiting for UICC/SIM PUK to be given to unblock the blocked
SIM PIN
PH-NET
PIN
MT is waiting network personalization password to be given (If
network PIN for +CPIN is supported, this field will be supported)
4.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
4.2.5 Example
- Read command:
Run:
AT+CPIN?
Response:
+CPIN: SIM PUK
OK
Note:
The MT is blocked, and we need PUK code to unblock it.
- Unblock the MT's PUK and set the new PIN code as "5678" (this SIM's PUK
code is "87654321"). Use the set command:
Run:
AT+CPIN="87654321","5678"
Response:
OK
- Try read command again:
Run:
AT+CPIN?
Response:
+CPIN: READY
OK
- Test command:
Run:
AT+CPIN=?
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
59
4.3 AT+CSQ–Signal Quality
4.3.1 Command Syntax
AT+CSQ
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSQ: <rssi>,<ber><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CSQ=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSQ: (list of supported <rssi>s),(list of supported
<ber>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
4.3.2 Interface Description
The execution command returns received signal strength indication <rssi> and
channel bit error rate <ber> from the MT. Refer to subclause 9.2 for possible <err>
values in 3GPP TS 27.007.
The test command returns supported RSSI and BER values.
4.3.3 Parameter Description
<rssi>: received signal strength indication.
Network
<rssi>
GSM or UTRAN Cell Signal Strength
GSM&
WCDMA
0
≤ –113 dBm
1
–111 dBm
2–30
–109 dBm to –53 dBm
31
≥ –51 dBm
99
Unknown or undetectable
<ber>: integer type; channel bit error rate (in percent). (not supported currently and
only 99 can be displayed)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
60
4.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
4.3.5 Example
- Query the MT’s signal strength use the execution command:
Run:
AT+CSQ
Response:
+CSQ: 19,99
OK
- Test command:
Run:
AT+CSQ=?
Response:
+CSQ: (0-31,99),99
OK
4.4 AT+CPBS–Select Phonebook Memory Storage
4.4.1 Command Syntax
AT+CPBS=<storage>[,<reserved>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPBS?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPBS:
<storage>[,<used>,<total>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPBS=?
Possible Response(s)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
61
<CR><LF>+CPBS: (list of supported
<storage>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
4.4.2 Interface Description
The set command selects phonebook memory storage <storage>, which is used by
other phonebook commands. After the MT is restarted, the value of <storage> is
restored to its default value "SM".
The read command returns currently selected memory and, optionally, the number of
used locations and total number of locations in the memory.
The test command returns supported phonebook storages.
4.4.3 Parameter Description
<storage>: phonebook storage type.
"SM"
SIM/UICC phonebook
"ME"
NV phonebook (not supported by WCDMA datacard, supported by
CDMA datacard and telephone) (not supported currently)
"ON"
Phone number in (U)SIM/UICC card
"EN"
Emergency number in (U)SIM/UICC card (not supported currently)
"FD"
SIM/USIM fixdialing-phonebook. In the currently selected card slot, if
a SIM card is present or if a UICC with an active GSM application is
present, the information in EFFDN under DFTelecom is selected. If a
UICC with an active USIM application is present, the information in
EFFDN under ADFUSIM is selected. (not supported currently)
<reserved>: reserved.
<used>: an integer type value indicating the number of used locations in selected
memory.
<total>: an integer type value indicating the total number of locations in selected
memory.
4.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
Y
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
62
4.4.5 Example
- Query the MT's phonebook storage which it supports, use the test command:
Run:
AT+CPBS=?
Response:
+CPBS: ("SM","ON")
OK
- Query the MT's current selecting memory, use the read command:
Run:
AT+CPBS?
Response:
+CPBS: "SM",249,250
OK
- Select ON memory to storage phonebook, use the set command:
Run:
AT+CPBS="ON"
Response:
OK
4.5 AT+CPBR–Read Phonebook Entries
4.5.1 Command Syntax
AT+CPBR=<index1>[,<index2>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>[+CPBR:
<index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>][[...][<CR><LF>+CPBR:
<index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPBR=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPBR: (list of supported
<index>s),[<nlength>],[<tlength>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
4.5.2 Interface Description
The execution command returns phonebook entries in location number range
<index1>... <index2> from the currently selected phonebook memory storage. The
values of <index2> must be greater than the value of <index1>.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
63
If <index2> is left out, only the phonebook entry at location <index1> is returned.
The test command returns the location range supported by the current storage and
the maximum lengths of the <number> and <text> fields.
4.5.3 Parameter Description
<index1>, <index2>, <index>: integer type values that indicate the locations in
the phonebook memory. The values of <index1> and <index2> must be smaller
than or equal to the value of <total> returned in the response to the AT+CPBS?
command; and the values of <index2> must be greater than the value of <index1>.
<number>: string type field of maximum length <nlength>, indicating the phone
number.
<type>: type of address octet in integer format (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause
10.5.4.7)
<text>: string type field of maximum length <tlength>; character set as specified
by command 2.8 AT+CSCS–Select TE Character Set.
<nlength>: an integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number>.
<tlength>: an integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text>.
4.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
4.5.5 Example
- Test command:
Run:
AT+CPBR=?
Response:
+CPBR: (1-250),80,14
OK
Note:
The module will return the different value if the inserted SIM card's type are different.
- Query index 1's phonebook content (phone number="1234567890123",
type=129, text="autoTestEdit"), use the set command:
Run:
AT+CPBR=1
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
64
Response:
+CPBR: 1,"1234567890123",129,"autoTestEdit"
OK
Note:
Please make sure that the phone book index which you query must have content.
4.6 AT+CPBW–Write Phonebook Entry
4.6.1 Command Syntax
AT+CPBW=[<index>][,<number>[,<type>[,<text>]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPBW?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPBW: <written_index><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CPBW=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),[<nlength>],(list of
supported <type>s),[<tlength>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
4.6.2 Interface Description
The execution command writes a phonebook entry in location number <index> in the
currently selected phonebook memory storage. If the execution command contains
only the <index> parameter, the phonebook entry at the location specified by
<index> will be deleted. If <index> is left out, but <number> is given, the entry is
written to the first free location in the phonebook. If no location is free, +CME ERROR:
memory full is returned.
If an entry is written successfully and <index> is not provided, +CPBW:
<written_index> is returned, indicating the location of the entry. The <number>
field cannot be null and the <text> field can be null.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
65
Phonebook entries can be written only when the phonebook storage type <storage>
of the selected phonebook memory storage is "SM" or "ON". If the phonebook storage
is of any other type, an error message will be returned, indicating that the write
operation is not allowed.
If the UE is unable to display the full text or email, they are cut from the tail end.
The read command returns the latest value of <written_index> or returns –1 when
the value of <written_index> is invalid.
Note:
After running the AT+CPBS command to change the current phonebook storage, you need to
set <written_index> to an invalid value.
The test command returns:
- the location range supported by the current storage;
- the list of supported <type>s;
- the maximum lengths of the <number> (excluding '+') and <text> fields.
When writing a phonebook entry, ensure that the lengths of all fields do not exceed
their maximum lengths.
4.6.3 Parameter Description
<index>: an integer type value that indicates the locations in the phonebook memory.
The values of <index> must be smaller than or equal to the value of <total>
returned in the response to the AT+CPBS? command.
<number>: string type field of maximum length <nlength>, indicating the phone
number.
<type>: type of address octet in integer format (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause
10.5.4.7) ; the default value 145 when dialling string includes international access
code character '+', otherwise 129.
<text>: string type field of maximum length <tlength>, indicating the name of a
phone number entry; character set as specified by command 2.8 AT+CSCS–Select
TE Character Set.
<nlength>: an integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number>.
<tlength>: an integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text>.
4.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
66
4.6.5 Example
- Use the set command to set phonebook memory index 1’s value as follows:
phone number="1234567890123", type=129, text="autoTestEdit":
Run:
AT+CPBW=1,"1234567890123",129,"autoTestEdit"
Response:
OK
- Query last setting phonebook memory’s index, use read command:
Run:
AT+CPBW?
Response:
+CPBW: 1
OK
- Test command:
Run:
AT+CPBW=?
Response:
+CPBW: (1-250),80,(128-255),16
OK
4.7 AT+CRSM–Restricted SIM Access
4.7.1 Command Syntax
AT+CRSM=<command>[,<fileid>[,<P1>,<P2>,<P3>[,<data>[,<pathid>]]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CRSM:
<sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CRSM=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
4.7.2 Interface Description
Using this command, TE applications have limited access to the SIM card.
4.7.3 Parameter Description
<command>: command passed on by the MT to the SIM card.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
67
176
READ BINARY
178
READ RECORD
192
GET RESPONSE
214
UPDATE BINARY
220
UPDATE RECORD
242
STATUS
<fileid>: integer type; identifier of an EF file on the SIM card; mandatory for every
command except STATUS.
<P1>, <P2>, <P3>: integer type; these parameters are mandatory for every command,
except GET RESPONSE and STATUS. The values are described in GSM 51.011.
<data>: information in hexadecimal format
<pathid>: string type; contains the path of an elementary file on the SIM/UICC in
hexadecimal format (for example, "7F205F70"), and shall only be used in the mode
"select by path from MF" as defined in ETSI TS 102 221.
<sw1>, <sw2>: integer type; information from the SIM about the execution of the
actual command.
<response>: string type; response of a successful completion of the command
previously issued. For UPDATE BINARY and UPDATE RECORD, no response is
returned.
4.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
4.7.5 Example
- Read the current state of SIM folder, use the set command:
Run:
AT+CRSM=242
Response:
+CRSM:
108,41,"62278202782183023F00A50D8001718302E573C104
800F55FF8A01058B032F0601C606900100830101"
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Mobile Termination Control and Status
Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
68
Notes:
- SW1=108
- SW2=41
- SIM content="62278202782183023F00A50D8001718302E573C104800F55FF8A010
58B032F0601C606900100830101". The values are described in GSM 51.011.
- Test command:
Run:
AT+CRSM=?
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
69
5 UMTS Packet Domain Commands
5.1 AT+CGDCONT–Define PDP Context
See the AT+CGDCONT command described in 3GPP TS 27.007. The following
description is for reference only. Observe the 3GPP specifications if the following
description conflicts with the 3GPP specifications.
5.1.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGDCONT=<cid>[,<PDP_type>[,<APN>[,<PDP_addr>[,<d_comp>[,<h_c
omp>]]]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGDCONT?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGDCONT:
<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>[<CR><LF>+
CGDCONT:
<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>[...]]<CR><LF
><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGDCONT=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: (list of supported <cid>s),<PDP_type>,,,(list of
supported <d_comp>s),(list of supported
<h_comp>s)<CR><LF>[<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: (list of supported
<cid>s),<PDP_type>,,,(list of supported <d_comp>s),(list of supported
<h_comp>s)<CR><LF>[...]]<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
70
5.1.2 Interface Description
The MT locally saves a group of PDP contexts with <cid> as the index. Each record
of the saved setting environment contains a group of PDP-related parameters. The
set command saves the group of PDP-related parameters in the PDP contexts that
use <cid> as the index. Each PDP context is initially undefined. After the set
command saves a group of parameters in a PDP context, the PDP context is defined.
The number of defined PDP contexts that can be saved at the same time is
determined by the value range of <cid>.
A special form of the set command, AT+CGDCONT=<cid> causes the values for
context number <cid> to become undefined.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context displayed in
a separate line.
Note:
If all PDP contexts are undefined, the default parameters of PDP context are returned. In which,
the default value of <cid> is 20, and it will be used for default EPS bearer context.
The test command returns all the values supported for each context. In the response,
the <PDP_type> value supported by the MT is taken as the index and displayed in a
separate line. Each context has a confirmed <PDP_type> value and includes the
supported value ranges of other parameters with the specified <PDP_type> value.
Each context is displayed in a separate line.
5.1.3 Parameter Description
<cid>:
1–20
Index of a PDP context. Other PDP-related commands can use this
index to use the defined PDP context. The PDP context in index 20 is
used for LTE EPS default bearer, and it is not suggested to be used for
packet data service.
<PDP_type>: a string parameter that specifies the type of packet data protocol.
"IP"
Internet Protocol
"PPP"
Point to point Protocol (not supported currently)
"IPV6"
IPV6 Protocol
"IPV4V6"
IPV4V6 Dual Stack
<APN>: a string parameter which is a logical name that is used to select the GGSN or
the external packet data network. The maximum length of <APN> is 100 characters. If
the value is null or omitted, the subscription value will be requested.
<PDP_addr>: a string parameter that identifies the MT in the IPv4 address space
applicable to the PDP. If the values of <PDP_addr> is got dynamically, the read
command returns "" or "0.0.0.0" (not supported currently).
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
71
<d_comp>: a numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression (not supported
currently).
0
Off
1
On
2
V.42bis
3
V.44
<h_comp>: a numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression (not
supported currently).
0
Off
1
On
2
RFC1144 (applicable for SNDCP only)
3
RFC2507
4
RFC3095 (applicable for PDCP only)
Notes:
- If <h_comp> is not specified in the command, it is equivalent to set <h_comp> to 0.
- If <d_comp> is not specified in the command, it is equivalent to set <d_comp> to 0.
5.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
5.1.5 Example
Run:
AT+CGDCONT=?
Response:
+CGDCONT: (1-20),"IP",,,(0,1,2),(0,1,2,3,4)
+CGDCONT: (1-20),"IPV6",,,(0,1,2),(0,1,2,3,4)
+CGDCONT: (1-20),"IPV4V6",,,(0,1,2),(0,1,2,3,4)
OK
Run:
AT+CGDCONT?
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
72
Response:
+CGDCONT: 20,"IPV4V6","","",0,0
OK
Note:
The MT saves one default PDP context, and the <cid> value of this context is 20.
Run:
AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","abc.com"
Response:
OK
Note:
This command saves one PDP context to the MT and the <cid> value is 1.
5.2 AT+CGACT–Activate or Deactivate PDP Context
5.2.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGACT=[<state>[,<cid>[,<cid>[,…]]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGACT?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGACT: <cid>,<state>[<CR><LF>+CGACT:
<cid>,<state>[...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGACT=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGACT: (list of supported
<state>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
73
5.2.2 Interface Description
The execution command activates or deactivates the specified PDP context(s). If
<cid> is not specified, all PDP contexts are activated or deactivated.
The read command returns the defined PDP Activation state.
5.2.3 Parameter Description
<state>: integer type, indicates the state of PDP context activation.
0
Deactivated
1
Activated
<cid>: the index of a PDP context; specifies a particular PDP context definition, see
the AT+CGDCONT command.
5.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
5.2.5 Example
- Query the value range of PDP Activation state:
Run:
AT+CGACT=?
Response:
+CGACT: (0,1)
OK
- Query the current PDP Activation state:
Run:
AT+CGACT?
Response:
+CGACT: 1,0
OK
- Activate or deactivate PDP contexts:
Run:
AT+CGACT=1,1
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CGACT=0,1
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
74
5.3 AT+CGATT–Attach or Detach PS Domain
5.3.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGATT=[<state>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGATT?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGATT: <state><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGATT=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGATT: (list of supported
<state>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
5.3.2 Interface Description
The set command attaches the MT to, or detaches the MT from, the packet-switched
(PS) domain service. After the command has been completed, the MT remains in V.25
ter command state. If the MT is already in the requested state, the command is
ignored and OK is returned. If the requested state cannot be achieved, an ERROR or
+CME ERROR response is returned. Extended error responses are enabled by the
AT+CMEE command.
Any active PDP contexts will be automatically deactivated when the attachment state
changes to detached.
The read command queries the current GPRS service state.
The test command returns information about the supported PS domain service states
5.3.3 Parameter Description
<state>: indicates the state of PS domain service.
0
Detached
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
75
1
Attached
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the execution
command.
5.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
5.3.5 Example
- Query the value range of PS domain service states:
Run:
AT+CGATT=?
Response:
+CGATT: (0,1)
OK
- Query the current GPRS service state:
Run:
AT+CGATT?
Response:
+CGATT: 0
OK
- Attach or detach PS Domain:
Run:
AT+CGATT=1
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CGATT=0
Response:
OK
5.4 AT+CGREG–PS Domain Registration Status
5.4.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGREG[=<n>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
76
AT+CGREG?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGREG:
<n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>,<rac>]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF
>
AT+CGREG=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGREG: (list of supported <n>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
5.4.2 Interface Description
The set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CGREG.
when <n>=1 and there is a change in the MT's network registration status, +CGREG:
<stat> is presented.
When <n>=2 and there is a change in the network cell, +CGREG:
<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>,[,<AcT>,<rac>]] is presented. In this case <AcT>, <lac>,
<rac> and <ci> are sent only if available.
The read command returns the current registration state <stat>. Location
information elements <lac> and <ci> are returned only when <n>=2.
The test command returns the <n>'s values supported by the UE.
5.4.3 Parameter Description
<n>:
0
Disable unsolicited result code +CGREG. (default value)
1
Enable unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat>.
2
Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result
code +CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<AcT>,<rac>]].
Note:
AT+CGREG is equivalent to AT+CGREG=0.
<stat>:
0
Not registered, MT is not currently searching for a new operator to
register with.
1
Registered, home network
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
77
2
Not registered, but MT is currently searching a new operator to register
with.
3
Registration denied
4
Unknown
5
Registered, roaming
<lac>: string type; four-character location area code in hexadecimal format. (for
example, "00C3" equals 195 in decimal).
<ci>: string type; four-character cell ID in hexadecimal format.
<AcT>: a numeric parameter that indicates the access technology of the serving cell.
0
GSM
1
GSM Compact
2
UTRAN
3
GSM w/EGPRS[1]
4
UTRAN w/HSDPA[2]
5
UTRAN w/HSUPA[2]
6
UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA[2]
7
E-UTRAN
Notes:
[1] 3GPP TS 44.060 specifies the system information messages which give the information
about whether the serving cell supports EGPRS.
[2] 3GPP TS 25.331 specifies the system information blocks which give the information about
whether the serving cell supports HSDPA or HSUPA.
<rac>: string type; one byte routing area code in hexadecimal format.
5.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
Y
5.4.5 Example
Run:
AT+CGREG?
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
78
Response:
+CGREG: 0,1
OK
Run:
AT+CGREG=?
Response:
+CGREG: (0-2)
OK
5.5 AT+CGSMS–SMS Bearer Domain
5.5.1 Command Syntax
AT+CGSMS=<service>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CGSMS?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGSMS: <service><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CGSMS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CGSMS: (list of supported
<service>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
5.5.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the SMS bearer domain, that is, the selection of the CS/PS
domain.
The read command returns the current SMS bearer domain.
The test command returns the supported parameter values.
5.5.3 Parameter Description
<service>:
0
PS domain
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
UMTS Packet Domain Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
79
1
CS domain
2
PS domain preferred
3
CS domain preferred (default value)
Note:
The value of <service> is specified depending on the network registration status.
5.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
Y
5.5.5 Example
- Query the value range of SMS Bearer Domain:
Run:
AT+CGSMS=?
Response:
+CGSMS: (0-3)
OK
- Query the current domain type which SMS used:
Run:
AT+CGSMS?
Response:
+CGSMS: 3
OK
- Set the SMS Bearer Domain type:
Run:
AT+CGSMS=0
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CGSMS=1
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CGSMS=2
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
80
6 Normal Commands for SMS
6.1 AT+CPMS–Preferred Message Storage
6.1.1 Command Syntax
AT+CPMS=<mem1>[,<mem2>[,<mem3>]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPMS:
<used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2>,<used3>,<total3><CR><LF><C
R><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPMS?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPMS:
<mem1>,<used1>,<total1>,<mem2>,<used2>,<total2>,<mem3>,<used3
>,<total3><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CPMS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CPMS: (list of supported <mem1>s),(list of supported
<mem2>s),(list of supported <mem3>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
81
6.1.2 Interface Description
The set command selects memory storages <mem1>, <mem2> and <mem3> to be
used for reading, writing, etc. The set command also returns the usage of the
currently selected memory storages.
The read command returns the names and the usage of the selected memory
storages.
The test command returns lists of memory storages supported by the MT.
6.1.3 Parameter Description
<mem1>: a string type value that specifies the memory storage used for reading and
deleting messages. Available values are as follows:
"SM"
(U)SIM card
"ME"
NV(not supported currently)
"BM"
Broadcast message storage
"MT"
Any of the storages associated with ME (not supported currently)
"TA"
TA message storage (not supported currently)
"SR"
Status report storage (not supported currently)
The value of <mem1> is related to the specification supported by the MT. You cannot
set <mem1> to a memory storage that is not supported. Otherwise, an error message
is returned.
<mem2>: a string type value that specifies the memory storage used for writing and
sending messages. Available value is:
"SM"
(U)SIM card
<mem3>: a string type value that specifies the memory storage used for receiving
messages. Available values of this field are the same as those of the <mem1> field.
<total1>: an integer type value that indicates the capacity of <mem1> for storing
messages.
<total2>: an integer type value that indicates the capacity of <mem2> for storing
messages.
<total3>: an integer type value that indicates the capacity of <mem3> for storing
messages.
<used1>: an integer type value that indicates the number of messages currently
saved in the memory storage specified by <mem1>.
<used2>: an integer type value that indicates the number of messages currently
saved in the memory storage specified by <mem2>.
<used3>: an integer type value that indicates the number of messages currently
saved in the memory storage specified by <mem3>.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
82
Note:
The settings of <mem3> are not saved when the MT is powered off. The values of <mem1> and
<mem2> are consistent with that of <mem3> when the MT is powered on again.
6.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
Y
6.1.5 Example
- Query the types of supported storage using the test command:
Run:
AT+CPMS=?
Response:
+CPMS: ("SM","BM"),("SM"),("SM","BM")
OK
- Query the current storage type, used storage space and maximum storage
capacity:
Run:
AT+CPMS?
Response:
+CPMS: "SM",0,23,"SM",0,23,"SM",0,23
OK
- Set the storage type using the set command:
Run:
AT+CPMS="SM","SM","SM"
Response:
+CPMS: 0,5,0,5,0,5
OK
6.2 AT+CMGF–Message Format
6.2.1 Command Syntax
AT+CMGF[=<mode>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
83
AT+CMGF?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMGF: <mode><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CMGF=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMGF: (list of supported
<mode>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
6.2.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the message format. The format is specified by <mode>,
which can be either PDU mode or text mode. At present, the PDU mode are both used
in 3GPP and 3GPP2. For details about the message format in PDU mode, see section
6.11 AT+CMGS–Send Message for 3GPP.
The read command returns the currently selected mode.
The test command returns available values of <mode>.
6.2.3 Parameter Description
<mode>:
0
PDU mode (default value)
1
Text mode (not supported currently)
Note:
If <mode> is not specified, it is equivalent to set <mode> to 0.
6.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
6.2.5 Example
Set the message format to PDU format using the test command:
Run:
AT+CMGF=0
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
84
Note:
For details about the structure of a PDU packet, refer to the 3GPP TS 23.040.
6.3 AT+CNMI–New Message Indications to TE
6.3.1 Command Syntax
AT+CNMI[=<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm>[,<ds>[,<bfr>]]]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CNMI?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CNMI:
<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CNMI=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CNMI: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <mt>s),(list
of supported <bm>s),(list of supported <ds>s),(list of supported
<bfr>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
6.3.2 Interface Description
The set command selects the procedure of receiving new messages from the
network.
<mode> controls how NEW MESSAGE indications (including +CMT, +CMTI, +CDSI,
and +CDS) are sent to the TE.
<mt> controls whether to directly send SMS-DELIVER indications to the TE, or to
save them to the MT and then send the storage locations to the TE.
<bm> controls whether to directly send a new CBM to the TE, or save it to the MT and
then send the storage location to the TE.
<ds> sets whether to send message status reports (+CDSI or +CDS).
The test command returns the supported parameter values.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
85
Notes:
- In 3GPP, the values set in this command are reset to 0 after the MT is restarted. In this case,
no messages are sent to the TE. AT+CNMI=0,0,0,0,0 is not recommended.
- In 3GPP, AT+CNMI is equivalent to AT+CNMI=0,0,0,0,0.
6.3.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: controls how new message indications are sent.
0
Buffer SMS-DELIVER indications in the ME. If the ME buffer is full, then
the oldest indication is overwritten by the latest indication (default
value).
1
Directly send SMS-DELIVER indications to the TE. When a
SMS-DELIVER indication cannot be sent (for example, when in online
data mode), it will be discarded.
2
Directly send SMS-DELIVER indications and message status reports to
the TE. When a SMS-DELIVER indication and message status report
cannot be sent (for example, when in online data mode), they are
buffered in the ME and sent to the TE when they can be sent.
Note:
SMS-DELIVER indications are buffered in the MT's volatile memory. If the MT is powered off
before the indications are sent, messages may be lost. Therefore, when <mode> is set to 0 or 2,
messages are not recommended to be directly sent to the TE (that is, <mt> is not
recommended to be set to 2 or 3.).
<mt>: sets the rules for saving messages and sending SMS-DELIVER indications.
There are three modes for storing new messages and sending new message
indications.
0
No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE (default value).
1
Stores SMS-DELIVER indications on the MT and sends storage
location indication to the TE.
+CMTI: <mem>,<index>
2
Does not store SMS-DELIVER indications on the MT but directly sends
them to the TE.
- If PDU mode enabled:
+CMT: [<reserved>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>
3
Stores SMS-DELIVER indications on the MT, but does not send
SMS-DELIVER indications to the TE.
The following figure illustrates the interaction between the TE and the MT for the
previous three modes.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
86
New short message
RP-ACK
Not acknowledged in a certain
time
TE MT NETWORK
Report (^HCMT) New short message
Acknowledge (+CNMA) RP-ACK
New short message
Report (^HCMT)
Network timeout RP-ERROR
2. Report the short
message to the TE;
send RP-ERROR if
no acknowledgement
is received in a
certain time
Store the short message in the
MT and report the storage
position (+CMTI)
1. Store the short
message in the MT,
send RP-ACK to the
network, and report
the storage position
The following table describes the <mt> values and the corresponding indications.
<mt>
no class or
class 1
class 0 or
message waiting
indication group
(discard)
class 2 or message
waiting indication
group (store)
class 3
0
1
+CMTI
[+CMTI]
+CMTI
+CMTI
2
+CMT&+CNMA
+CMT[&+CNMA]
+CMTI
+CMT&+CNMA
3
+CMTI
[+CMTI]
+CMTI
+CMT&+CNMA
Notes:
- The SMS class is defined by the TP-DCS domain of the SMS. For details, see the
description of <DCS> in 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send Message.
- "+CMT & +CNMA" indicates that the TE is required to send the confirmation (+CNMA).
<bm>: sets the rules for saving CBMs and sending CBM indications.
0
No CBM indications are routed to the TE (default value).
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
87
1
If CBM is stored into ME/TA, indication that the memory location is
routed to the TE using unsolicited result code:
+CBMI: <mem>,<index> (not supported currently)
2
New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code:
- If PDU mode enabled:
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled)
- If ME supports data coding groups which define special routing also
for messages other than class 3 (e.g. (U)SIM specific messages), ME
may choose not to route messages of such data coding schemes into
TE (indication of a stored CBM may be given as defined in <bm>=1).
3
Class 3 CBMs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes
defined in <bm>=2. If CBM storage is supported, messages of other
classes result in indication as defined in <bm>=1 (not supported
currently).
Table 6-1 <bm> parameter
<bm>
Receiving procedure for different message data coding schemes (refer
3GPP TS 23.038)
0
All schemes: as in 3GPP TS 23.038; if CBM storage is supported, store
message to "BM" (or some manufacturer or data coding scheme specific
memory)
1
All schemes: as <bm>=0 but send indication if message stored
successfully
2
All schemes: route message to TE unless ME has detected a special
routing to somewhere else (e.g. to (U)SIM; an indication may be sent if
message stored successfully)
3
Class 3: route message to TE
others: as <bm>=1 (if CBM memory storage is supported)
<ds>: sets whether to send message status reports.
0
Do not send message status reports (default value).
1
Do not store message status reports to the MT and directly send the
reports to the TE
+CDS: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled)
2
Store message status reports to the MT and send the storage location
to the TE using +CDSI
+CDSI: <mem>,<index>
<bfr>:
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
88
0
TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is
flushed to the TE when <mode> ranges from 1 to 3 is entered (OK
response shall be given before flushing the codes) (default value).
1
TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is
cleared when <mode>=1...3 is entered.
6.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
6.3.5 Example
- AT+CNMI=1,1,0,1,0
Class 1 messages are stored to the MT, and then storage locations are reported
(+CMTI: "ME",1). Message status reports are directly sent (+CDS:).
If SMS-DELIVER indications cannot be sent (for example, when in online data
state), they will be discarded.
- AT+CNMI=1,1,0,2,0
Class 1 messages are stored to the MS, and then storage locations are reported
(+CMTI: "ME",1). Message status reports are stored to the MS, and then
storage locations are reported (+CDSI: "ME",2).
If SMS-DELIVER indications cannot be sent (for example, when in online data
state), they will be discarded. (The SMS messages and SMS-DELIVER
indications are stored in the MS and can be read using the AT+CMGL command;
however, the TE cannot receive the indications.)
- Other commonly-used settings include:
AT+CNMI=1,1,0,0,0: store the messages, and then send the storage locations
to the TE; do not send the message status reports.
AT+CNMI=1,2,0,0,0: do not store the messages but directly send them to the
TE; do not send the message status reports.
6.4 AT+CNMA–New Message Acknowledgement
6.4.1 Command Syntax
AT+CNMA[=<n>[,<length>[<CR>PDU is given <ctrl-Z/ESC>]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
89
AT+CNMA=?
Possible Response(s)
If PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0):
<CR><LF>+CNMA: (list of supported <n>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
6.4.2 Interface Description
The execution command acknowledges the reception of a new message that is routed
directly to the TE. This acknowledgement command shall be used when AT+CSMS
parameter <service> equals 1. For the use of this command, see section 6.3
AT+CNMI–New Message Indications to TE.
Notes:
- Set AT+CSMS=1 before AT+CNMI settings.
- The unsolicited report CDS is not supported to be confirmed by the command AT+CNMA
currently.
In PDU mode, either positive (RP-ACK) or negative (RP-ERROR) acknowledgement
can be sent to the network. The parameter <n> defines which acknowledgement to be
send.
Optionally an acknowledgement TPDU (SMS-DELIVER-REPORT for RP-ACK or
RP-ERROR) may be sent to the network. The entering of PDU is done similarly as
specified in 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send Message, except that the format of <ackpdu> is
used instead of <pdu>. PDU shall not be bounded by double quotation marks.
Before the previous message is acknowledged, the MT will not send another +CMT
result code to the TE.
If the MT does not receive acknowledgement within required time (network timeout),
the MT will send RP-ERROR to the network and automatically set both <mt> and <ds>
values of AT+CNMI to zero to prevent SMS-DELIVER indications and message status
reports from being sent to the TE. To enable the MT to send SMS-DELIVER
indications and message status reports to the TE, <mt> and <ds> must be reset.
If the command is executed when no acknowledgement is expected, +CMS ERROR:
<err> is returned.
The test command returns a list of supported <n> values. If the value supported is 0
only, sending of TPDU is not supported.
6.4.3 Parameter Description
<n>:
0
Command operates similarly as defined for the text mode.
1
Send RP-ACK (or buffered result code received correctly).
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
90
2
Send RP-ERROR.
<ackpdu>: basic elements
Abbr
Reference
P1)
P2)
Description
TP-MTI
TP-Message Type Indicator
M
2b
TP-message type
TP-UDHI
TP-User-Data-Header-Indication
O
b
Indicates that the TP-UD has one
header.
TP-PI
TP-Parameter-Indicator
M
o
Indicates the optional
parameters.
TP-PID
TP-Protocol-Identifier
O
o
Protocol ID
TP-DCS
TP-Data-Coding-Scheme
O
o
Data coding scheme
TP-UDL
TP-User-Data-Length
O
o
User data length
TP-UD
TP-User-Data
O
3)
User data
Notes:
- Mandatory (M) or Optional (O).
- Integer (I), Bit (b), 2 bits (2b), octet (o).
- Depending on TP-DCS.
Number of
Octets
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
TP-MTI, TP-UDHI
1
TP-PI
0,1
TP-PID
0,1
TP-DCS
0,1
TP-UDL
0 to 159
TP-UD
Bits 7 and 2–5 of the first byte are not used in SMS-DELIVER-REPORT. The sender
should set them to zero. If any of those bits is not zero, it will be omitted by the
recipient.
Description of the basic elements:
<TP-MTI>: TP-message type; bit 0 and bit 1 of the first byte.
bit1
bit0
Message type
0
0
SMS-DELIVER (in the direction SC to MT)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
91
0
0
SMS-DELIVER (in the direction SC to MT)
1
0
SMS-STATUS-REPORT (in the direction SC to MT)
1
0
SMS-COMMAND (in the direction MT to SC)
0
1
SMS-SUBMIT (in the direction MT to SC)
0
1
SMS-SUBMIT-REPORT (in the direction SC to MT)
1
1
Reserved
<TP-UDHI>: indicates that the TP-UD has one header; bit 6 of the first byte.
0
the TP-UD field contains SMS message only
1
there is a header at the beginning of the TP-UD field
<TP–PI>: indicates the optional parameters. Setting the bit to 1 indicates that the
corresponding parameter exits.
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Extension bit
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
TP-UDL
TP-DCS
TP-PID
<TP–PID>: protocol ID. When sending a message, the TE sets <TP–PID> to the
default value 00000000. When sending an email, the TE sets <TP–PID> to
00110010=0x32.
<TP-DCS>: the TE adopts the TP-DSC mode to send a message.
Bit 7–bit
6 (TE
uses
this
TP-DC
S
mode)
00: used by TE
when sending a
message.
Bit 5
0
TE sets bit 5 to zero, indicating the message is not
compressed.
1
If bit 5 is set to 1, the message is compressed. TE
does not use this value.
Bit 4
0
When TE sets bit 4 to 0, bit 1 and bit 0 are reserved
and set to 00.
1
When bit 4 is set to 1, bit 1 and bit 0 indicate the
message type.
A message's type is dependent on user settings. If the
user specifies a message type (for example, class 1 or
class 2), TE sets bit 4 to 1.
Bit 3–2:
message
encoding
scheme
00
GSM 7-bit encoding scheme; default.
01
8-bit encoding scheme
10
UCS2 encoding scheme. TE uses this value when the
user inputs Chinese characters.
Bit 1–0:
message
type; set
00
Class 0. Messages are displayed on the user interface
but not stored. A response is sent to the SC to
acknowledge the reception of the message.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
92
by TE
according
to users'
selection
01
Class 1. Messages are stored to the MT, or to the SIM
card when the message storage on the MT is used up.
10
Class 2. Messages are stored to the SIM card only.
After a class 2 message is stored, the storage state
will be sent to the SC. If the SIM card is full, a
response is sent to the SC to notify it of the
occurrence and cause of message storage failure.
11
Class 3. Messages are stored to the TE. When the MT
receives the message, it sends a response to the SC
before routing the message to the TE.
Bit 7–bit
4 (TE
does
not use
this
TP-DC
S
mode)
1100 and 1101:
GSM 7 bit
encoding
1110:
uncompressed
UCS2 encoding
scheme)
Bit 3
0
Disable the message waiting indication feature.
At present, the message waiting indication feature is
not supported for enhanced messages, email
messages and voicemail messages.
1
Enable the message waiting indication feature.
Bit 2
0
Reserved
Bit 1–0:
message
waiting
type
00
Voice message waiting
01
Fax message waiting
10
Email message waiting
11
Message of unknown type waiting
1111: not used
by TE
Bit 3
0
Reserved
Bit 2
0
7-bit encoding
1
8-bit encoding scheme
Bit 1–0
00
Class 0. Messages are displayed on the user interface
but not stored. A response is sent to the SC to
acknowledge the reception of the message.
01
Class 1. Messages are stored to the MT (NV memory)
or the SIM card.
10
Class 2. Messages are stored to the SIM card only.
After a class 2 message is stored, the storage state
will be sent to the SC.
11
Class 3. Messages are stored to the TE. When the MT
receives the message, it sends a response to the SC
before routing the message to the TE.
<TP-UDL>: the number of bytes that the user data field occupies. If <TP-UDL> is 0,
the user data field does not exist.
<TP-UD>: the user data field may contain a user data header. If the header is
contained (that is, the value of bit 6 in byte 0 is 1), the value of TP-UDL equals to the
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
93
length of the User-Data-Header plus the length of the User-Data. The value of
<TP-UDL> depends on the encoding scheme:
- If the default encoding scheme (7-bit encoding) is used, <TP-UDL> indicates the
number of septets contained in the user data.
- If the 8-bit encoding scheme is used, <TP-UDL> indicates the number of octets
contained in the user data.
- If the UCS2 encoding scheme is used, <TP-UDL> also indicates the number of
octets contained in the user data.
- If 7-bit, 8-bit or UCS2 compression encoding is used, <TP-UDL> indicates the
number of octets contained in the compressed user data.
Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2 illustrate the formats of the user data encoded using
different schemes.
Figure 6-1 User data encoded using the default 7-bit encoding scheme
Figure 6-2 User data encoded using the 8-bit or UCS2 encoding scheme
In Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2 , IEI is short for Information Element Identifier.
UDL UDHL IEIa IEDa IEIb ......... IEIn IEDLn IEDn Fill bits SM (7bit data)
Septet Boundary
Total number of Octets
Length Indicator
Total number of Septets
Length Indicator
Octets
Octets
IEIDLa
UDL UDHL IEIa IEDa IEIb ......... IEIn IEDLn IEDn
Octet Boundary
Total number of Octets
Length Indicator
Total number of Octets
Length Indicator
Octets
Octets
IEIDLa SM (8 bit data
or UCS-2 data)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
94
6.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
6.4.5 Example
Firstly, set AT commands orderly as follows:
Run:
AT+CSMS=1
Response:
+CSMS: 1,1,1
OK
Run:
AT+CNMI=1,2,0,2,0
Response:
OK
After a new message is routed directly to the TE, AT+CNMA should be set within
required time to send positive acknowledgement to the network.
Response:
+CMT: "+8613903711736",,"13/02/25,15:19:38+00"
HELLO
Run:
AT+CNMA
Response:
OK
6.5 AT+CMGD–Delete Message
6.5.1 Command Syntax
AT+CMGD=<index>[,<delflag>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CMGD=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMGD: (list of supported <index>s)[,(list of supported
<delflag>s)]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
95
6.5.2 Interface Description
The execution command deletes the message at location <index> in the storage
<mem1>. For details about <mem1>, see section 6.1 AT+CPMS–Preferred Message
Storage. If <delflag> is set to a value other than 0, the MT ignores <index> and
executes the command as specified by <delflag>. For details about the value
definitions of <delflag>, see section 6.5.3 . If the deletion fails, +CMS ERROR: <err>
is returned.
The test command returns storage locations that have messages and supported
<deflag> values.
6.5.3 Parameter Description
<index>: the storage location where the message is stored.
<delflag>:
0
Delete the message stored at the location specified by <index>.
(default value)
1
Delete all the read messages saved in the preferred storage, and keep
the unread, sent, and unsent ones.
2
Delete all the read and sent messages saved in the preferred storage,
and keep the unread and unsent ones.
3
Delete all the read, sent, and unsent messages saved in the preferred
storage, and keep the unread ones.
4
Delete all messages saved in the preferred storage, including the
unread ones.
6.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
6.5.5 Example
- Delete the message stored in index 1 using the set command:
Run:
AT+CMGD=1
Response:
OK
- Delete all the message in the current storage using the set command:
Run:
AT+CMGD=1,4
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
96
6.6 AT+CSCA–Service Center Address
6.6.1 Command Syntax
AT+CSCA=<sca>[,<tosca>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CSCA?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSCA: <sca>,<tosca><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CSCA=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
6.6.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the SMSC address. For SMS messages in PDU mode, this
command can be used only when the <sc_len> parameter in the PDU is set to 0 (for
details about the PDU format, see section 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send Message.
6.6.3 Parameter Description
<sca>: a string type value that specifies the SMSC address. '*', '#', '+' and 0–9 are
allowed in the SMSC address. The maximum length of the SMSC address is 20
characters (excluding '+').
<tosca>: an integer type value that specifies the address type. If the value of
<tosca> is 145, the address is an international phone number. For details about the
values of <tosca>, see the value definitions of <type_addr> in 6.11
AT+CMGS–Send Message.
If the command does not contain <tosca>, the value of <tosca> remains
unchanged.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
97
Note:
If the command does not contain <tosca>, the value of <tosca> is 145 when the character
"+" is present; the value is 129 when the character "+" is not present. This command is
controlled by AT+CSCS.
6.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
Y
6.6.5 Example
Sets the service center number using the test command:
Run:
AT+CSCA="8613800688509",145
Response:
OK
6.7 AT+CSMS–Select Messaging Service
6.7.1 Command Syntax
AT+CSMS=<service>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CSMS?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSMS:
<service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+CSMS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CSMS: (list of supported
<service>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
6.7.2 Interface Description
The set command selects messaging service <service>. It returns the types of
messages supported by the ME: <mt> for mobile terminated messages, <mo> for
mobile originated messages and <bm> for broadcast type messages.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
98
6.7.3 Parameter Description
<service>: messaging service type.
0
3GPP TS 23.040, 3GPP TS 23.041 (messaging AT command syntax is
compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2.) (default value)
1
3GPP TS 23.040, 3GPP TS 23.041 (messaging AT command syntax is
compatible with GSM 07.05 Phase 2+. Note that <service>=1 is
required for AT+CNMA.)
<mt>, <mo>, <bm>: integer type values, which respectively indicate whether the MT
supports mobile terminated messages, mobile originated messages and broadcast
type messages.
0
Type not supported
1
Type supported (default value)
6.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
6.7.5 Example
Set messaging AT command syntax is compatible with GSM07.05 Phase 2+:
Run:
AT+CSMS=1
Response:
+CSMS: 1,1,1
OK
Note:
<service>=1 is required for AT+CNMA.
6.8 AT+CMGL–List Messages
6.8.1 Command Syntax
AT+CMGL[=<stat>]
Possible Response(s)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
99
If in PDU mode and the command is executed successfully:
[<CR><LF>+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,[<reserved>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>[<CR><LF>+CMG
L:
<index>,<stat>,[<reserved>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>[...]]<CR><LF>]<
CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Otherwise:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CMGL=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMGL: (list of supported
<stat>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
6.8.2 Interface Description
The execution command returns messages with status value <stat> from message
storage <mem1> to the TE. If the status of the message is "received unread", status in
the storage changes to "received read" after the execution command is executed
successfully.
Note:
When <stat> is not specified, the execution command is equivalent to the set command
AT+CMGL=0.
The test command returns a list of supported <stat> values.
6.8.3 Parameter Description
<stat>: message status.
0
Received unread messages
1
Received read messages
2
Stored unsent messages
3
Stored sent messages
4
All messages
<index>: an integer type value that indicates the storage location of the message.
<reserved>: reserved.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
100
<length>: an integer type value that indicates the number of bytes of TPDU data.
<pdu>: protocol data unit in the following format:
[<SCA>]
<sc_len>
<type_addr>
<numbers>
TPDU
For the definitions of <SCA>, <sc_len>, <type_addr>, <number> in the previous
table, see section 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send Message.
For the TPDU format of messages to be sent, see section 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send
Message. The TPDU format for received messages is described in the following table.
1 Oct
2
Oct–12
Oct
1 Oct
1 Oct
7 Oct
1Oct
TP-MTI
MMS
0
0
SRI
UDHI
RP
OA
PID
DCS
SCTS
UDL
UD
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Bit4
Bit5
Bit6
Bit7
<MTI>: see the definition in section 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send Message.
<MMS>: indicates whether there are still other messages to be sent.
0
No
1
Yes
<SRI>: indicates whether the short message entity (SME) has requested a status
report.
0
No
1
Yes
<UDHI>: see the definition in section 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send Message.
<RP>: see the definition in section 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send Message.
<OA>: originating address. Its definition is the same as <sca>. There are a total of
2–12 octets. Therefore, the longest address in the <oa> field contains 20 digits.
<PID>: protocol identifier. See the definition in section 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send
Message.
<DCS>: use data coding scheme. See the definition in section 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send
Message.
<SCTS>: time stamp of the SMSC, consisting of year, month, date, hour, minute,
second and time difference. Time difference is the difference between the local time
and the Greenwich standard time.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
101
<UDL>: user data length. See the definition in section 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send
Message.
<UD>: user data whose length is determined by <UDL>.
6.8.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
6.8.5 Example
List all the received unread messages using the execution command:
Run:
AT+CMGL=0
Response:
+CMGL: 1,0,,25
0891683108608805F9040D91683109730147F2000021507161
72350005F4F29C4E03
OK
Note:
In this example, the message is in PDU mode.
6.9 AT+CMGR–Read Message
6.9.1 Command Syntax
AT+CMGR=<index>
Possible Response(s)
If in PDU mode and the command is executed successfully:
<CR><LF>+CMGR:
<stat>,[<reserved>],<length><CR><LF><pdu><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<C
R><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CMGR=?
Possible Response(s)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
102
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
6.9.2 Interface Description
The execution command returns the message with location value <index> from
message storage <mem1>. If the status of the message is "received unread", status in
the storage changes to "received read" after the execution command is executed
successfully.
The test command returns OK.
6.9.3 Parameter Description
<index>: an integer type value that indicates the location in the storage.
<stat>: message status.
0
Received unread messages
1
Received read messages
2
Stored unsent messages
3
Stored sent messages
<reserved>: reserved.
<length>: an integer type value that indicates the number of bytes of PDU data.
<pdu>: protocol data unit. For details about the PDU format, see section 6.11
AT+CMGS–Send Message.
6.9.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
6.9.5 Example
Read the message stored in index 1 using the execution command:
Run:
AT+CMGR=1
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
103
Response:
+CMGR: 1,,25
0891683108608805F9040D91683109730147F2000021507161
72350005F4F29C4E03
OK
Note:
In this example, the message is in PDU mode.
6.10 AT+CMGW–Write Message to Memory
6.10.1 Command Syntax
AT+CMGW=<length>[,<stat>]<CR>PDU is given<ctrl-Z/ESC>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CMGW: <index><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CMGW=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
6.10.2 Interface Description
The execution command stores a message to the memory storage <mem2> selected
using the AT+CPMS command.
6.10.3 Parameter Description
PDU mode:
<length>: number of actually sent TPDU characters/2.
<ctrl-Z>: indicates the end of a PDU. The characters are "0x1A".
<ESC>: cancels the sending of the message. The characters are "0x1B".
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
104
<stat>: storage status of the message. Its values are defined as follows (in PDU
mode, its default value is 2):
0
Received unread messages
1
Received read messages
2
Stored unsent messages
3
Stored sent messages
<index>: a decimal number that indicates the message location in the storage. Its
value ranges from 1 to the storage's maximum capacity.
For details about the PDU format, see section 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send Message.
6.10.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
6.10.5 Example
Run:
AT+CMGF=0
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+CMGW=56
Response:
>
Run:
07813108608805F911000B813109732008F70000FF30547419
347EBBE965371DF13683DAE5F93C7C2E83EE693A1A0427D741
ED37B90C3ABFCB7310BA2C2F8342<ctrl-Z>
Response:
+CMGW: 10
OK
6.11 AT+CMGS–Send Message
6.11.1 Command Syntax
AT+CMGS=<length><CR>PDU is given<ctrl-Z/ESC>
Possible Response(s)
If PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0):
<CR><LF>+CMGS: <mr>[,<ackpdu>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
105
In case of an MS-related error:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CMGS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
6.11.2 Interface Description
The execution command sends a message to the network in the following procedure:
First, the TE sends AT+CMGS=<length><CR> to the MT.
After the MT responds to the TE with <CR><LF><greater_than><space>(IRA 13,
10, 62, 32), the TE sends the PDU packets ending with <ctrl-Z>(IRA26).
6.11.3 Parameter Description
<length>: number of actually sent TPDU characters/2 in decimal format ranging
from 0 to 9.
<mr>: message ID; a decimal number ranging from 0 to 255.
<ackpdu>: when <value> of AT+CSMS is 1 and supported by the network, this field
will be returned. Except that there is no <SCA>, the format of <ackpdu> is the same
as that of the PDU. This field is not supported currently.
<ctrl-Z>: indicates the end of a PDU. The characters are "0x1A".
<ESC>: cancels the sending of the message. The characters are "0x1B".
The format of a PDU is as follows: (The characters allowed in a PDU are 0–9, A–F,
and a–f. Two characters forms one octet. For example, '23'=0x23, '2a'=0x2a, all are
hexadecimal.)
[<SCA>]
<sc_len>
<type_addr>
<numbers>
TPDU
<SCA>: service center address (SCA). Its structure is illustrated in the following figure.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
106
Address-Length
Type-of-Address
Address-Value
Addr.
.
.
................................
1
2
3
4
5
µ
.
.
<sc_len>: length of <SCA>. It is composed of two characters. It indicates the number
of characters occupied by <type_addr> and (<numbers>/2).
<type_addr>: number address type; consisting of two characters in the following
format:
Type-of-number Numbering-plan-identification
1
Values of Type-of-Number (bit 6–4) are defined as follows:
0 0 0
This value is written when the user does not know the destination
address type. In this case, the address type is determined by the
network.
0 0 1
This value is selected if the user knows that it is an international
number, or the user believes that it falls in the national range.
0 1 0
national number. No prefix or suffix is added. This value is selected
when the user sends a message to a national number.
0 1 1
a special number in this network. It is used for management or service.
The user cannot select this value.
1 0 1
GSM number using the default 7-bit encoding scheme.
1 1 0
short number. It is not in use currently.
1 1 1
reserved. It is not in use currently.
Values of Numbering-plan-identification (bits 3–0) are defined as follows:
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
107
Note:
bits 3–0 are valid only when bits 6–4 are 000, 001, or 010.
0 0 0 0
The number is determined by the numbering plan at the network.
0 0 0 1
ISDN/telephone numbering plan.
0 0 1 1
data numbering plan. It is not in use currently.
0 1 0 0
Telex numbering plan. It is not in use currently.
1 0 0 0
National numbering plan. It is not in use currently.
1 0 0 1
Private numbering plan. It is not in use currently.
1 0 1 0
ERMES numbering plan. It is not in use currently.
<numbers>: address number. One byte stores two digits. Bits 3–0 store the first digit,
and bits 7–4 store the second digit. As an example, the following figure illustrates the
encoding sequence of half bytes.
Note:
If the number's length is an odd value, the four high-order bits of this octet is filled with 1111.
'*': 1010
'#': 1011
'a': 1100
'b': 1101
'c': 1110
For example: If <SCA> is 13902900, then <number> is 31099200.
If the length of <SCA> is an odd value, for example, 139029001, then <numbers> is
31099200F1.
If the number type is 'A1', then <SCA> is 05a131099200.
If the number type indicates that it is an international number 'A1', but the number
13902900 is a national number in China, it is necessary to add 86 before the number.
In this case, <SCA> is 06a16831099200.
The TPDU format is described in the following table.
Digit 2
Digit 1
Digit 4 Digit 3
Digit 5
n+1
n+2
n+3 1
1
1
1
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
108
1Octet
1
Oct
2
Oct~1
2 Oct
1
Oct
1
Oct
1
Oct
1
Oct
0 Oct
~140
Oct
RP
UD
HI
SR
R
VPF
RD
MTI
MR
DA
PID
DCS
VP
UDL
UD
Bit
7
Bit
6
Bit
5
Bit
4
Bit
3
Bit
2
Bit
1
Bit
0
<MTI>: message type. Its values are defined as follows:
Bit1
Bit0
0
0
SMS–DELIVER (in the direction SC to MT)
0
0
SMS–DELIVER–REPORT (in the direction MT to SC)
1
0
SMS–STATUS–REPORT (in the direction SC to MT)
1
0
SMS–COMMAND (in the direction MT to SC)
0
1
SMS–SUBMIT (in the direction MT to SC)
0
1
SMS–SUBMIT–REPORT (in the direction SC to MT)
1
1
Reserved
<RD>: indicates whether the SC needs to receive a message that is still stored in the
SC and has the MR and DA identical with those of the messages sent previously from
the same OA. Its values are defined as follows:
0
Yes
1
No
<VPF>: indicates the validity and format of the VP field. Its values are defined as
follows:
Bit1
Bit0
0
0
The VP field is invalid.
1
0
The VP field is valid, and the format is "relative".
0
1
The VP field is valid, and the format is "enhanced".
1
1
The VP field is valid, and the format is "absolute".
<RP>: indicates whether the reply to a message uses the same settings as those for
the sent message. Its values are defined as follows:
0
no
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
109
1
Yes. The message reply uses the same SC number and path for
sending the message.
<UDHI>: user data header indication. Its values are defined as follows:
0
The user data segment contains message content only.
1
The user data segment contains message content and a data header.
<SRR>: status report request indication.
0
No status report is required when a message is sent successfully.
1
A status report is required when a message is sent successfully.
<MR>: message ID ranging from 0 to 255.
<DA>: destination address. Its definition is the same as <SCA>. There are a total of
2–12 octets. Therefore, the longest address in the <DA> field contains 20 digits.
<PID>: protocol identifier. Its values are defined as follows:
PID
Bit7
Bit6
Bit5
Bit4
Bit3
Bit2
Bit1
Bit0
Bit7
Bit6
(at present, Bit 7=0 and Bit 6=0.)
0
0
Allocate bits 0–5.
1
0
Allocate bits 0–5.
0
1
reserved
1
1
Allocate bits 0–5 for special purpose of the SC.
The values of bit 5 are defined as follows:
0
no interworking, but SME–to–SME protocol
1
telematic interworking (in this case, the values of bit 4–0 are valid.)
Bit 4…bit 0: Telematic devices type indication
If bit4…bit 0 are 10010, it indicates Email. Other values are not supported currently.
<DCS>: user data coding scheme. Its values are defined as follows:
Bits 7…4
Bits 3…0
00xx
Bit 5
0: Message is not
compressed.
Bit 1 Bit 0 message type indication.
0 0 Class 0, displayed on the user interface but not
stored. A response is sent to the SC to acknowledge the
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
110
Bits 7…4
Bits 3…0
1: Message is
compressed. This is
not supported
currently.
reception of the message.
0 1 Class 1, stored to NV (or SIM card if the NV is full)
1 0 Class 2. Messages are stored to the SIM card only.
After a class 2 message is stored, the storage state will be
sent to the SC. If the SIM card is full, a response is sent to the
SC to notify it of the occurrence and cause of message
storage failure.
1 1 Class3, stored to the TE. When the MT receives the
message, it sends a response to the SC before routing the
message to the TE.
Bit 3 Bit 2 message type indication
0 0 GSM 7-bit encoding scheme; default.
0 1 8-bit encoding scheme
1 0 UCS2 encoding scheme. TE uses this value when
the user inputs Chinese characters.
1 1 reserved
Bit 4
0: indicates that bit 1
and bit 0 are
reserved.
1: indicates that bit 1
and bit 0 serve as the
message type
indication.
0100
…
1011
reserved
1100
The message content is
discarded. The message
waiting indication is
presented, and the user data
is encoded using the GSM
7-bit encoding scheme.
The settings of bits 3…0 are the same as those when bits
7…4=1101.
1101
The message is stored. The
message waiting indication is
presented, and the user data
is encoded using the GSM
7-bit encoding scheme.
Bit 3 enables or disables message waiting indication.
0 disables message waiting indication
1 enables message waiting indication
Bit 2 reserved. The value is 0.
Bit 1 Bit 0 message type indication.
0 0 voice message waiting
0 1 fax message waiting
1 0 email message waiting
1 1 message of unknown type waiting
1110
The message is stored. The
message waiting indication
appears, and the user data is
encoded using uncompressed
UCS2 encoding scheme.
The settings of bits 3…0 are the same as those when bits
7…4=1101.
1111
Data coding/message class
Bit 3 reserved. The value is 0.
Bit 2 message encoding scheme.
Its values are defined as follows:
0 GSM 7-bit encoding scheme; default.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
111
Bits 7…4
Bits 3…0
1 8-bit encoding scheme
Bit 1 Bit 0 message type indication.
0 0 Class 0, displayed on the user interface but not
stored. A response is sent to the SC to acknowledge the
reception of the message.
0 1 Class 1, stored to NV (or SIM card if the NV is full)
1 0 Class 2. Messages are stored to the SIM card only.
After a class 2 message is stored, the storage state will be
sent to the SC. If the SIM card is full, a response is sent to the
SC to notify it of the occurrence and cause of message
storage failure.
1 1 Class3, stored to the TE. When the MT receives the
message, it sends a response to the SC before routing the
message to the TE.
<VP>: indicates the validity period, which starts from the time when the message is
received by the SC. If <VPF>=00, this field is omitted. The following table lists the
validity periods.
VP Value
Validity Period
0 to 143
(VP + 1) x 5 minutes
144 to 167
12 hours + ((VP – 143) x 30 minutes)
168 to 196
(VP – 166) x 1 day
197 to 255
(VP – 192) x 1 week
<UDL>: user data length, depending on the specific encoding scheme.
Default 7-bit encoding scheme: <UDL> indicates the total number of septets.
8-bit encoding scheme: <UDL> indicates the total number of octets.
UCS2 encoding scheme: <UDL> indicates the total number of octets.
Compressed 7-bit, 8-bit or UCS2 encoding scheme: <UDL> indicates the total number
of octets after compression.
For messages encoded using a compressed encoding scheme, the length of <UD>
should not be greater than 160 septets. For messages encoded using an
uncompressed encoding scheme, the length of <UD> should not be greater than 140
octets.
<UD>: user data. Its data validity depends on <UDL>.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
112
6.11.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
6.11.5 Example
The SMS center number is 13902900. The target number is 13901000453. The
content is 0x53 0x4E 0x4E 0x3A (Huawei UCS2 code).
If the +CSCA contains <SCA>, you can perform as follows:
- Do not fill in <SCA> when you send the SMS. (The value of <SCA> was set with
the +CSCA command.)
AT+CMGS=17(CR)
>81000B813109010054F3001804534E4E3A \x1A
Where, 81 is the value of <RP~MTI>, 00 is the value of <MR>, 0B is the value of
<DA-len>, 81 is the value of <DA-type>, 3109010054F3 is the value of
<DA-numbers>, 00 is the value of <PID>, 18 is the value of <DCS>, 04 is the
value of <UDL>, 534E4E3A is the value of <UD>, and \x1A is the value of
<ctrl-Z>.
- Fill in <SCA> when you send the SMS. (The value of <SCA> is obtained from the
PDU packet.)
AT+CMGS=17
>05a13109920081000B813109010054F3001804534E4E3A \x1A
Or
AT+CMGS=17
>0081000B813109010054F3001804534E4E3A \x1A (In this case, the value of
<sc_len> is 0. The value of <SCA> was set with the +CSCA command.)
If the +CSCA command does not contain <SCA>, you must perform as follows:
Fill in <SCA> when you send the SMS. (The value of <SCA> is obtained from the
PDU packet.)
AT+CMGS=17
>05a13109920081000B813109010054F3001804534E4E3A \x1A
6.12 AT+CMSS–Send Message from Storage
6.12.1 Command Syntax
AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,<toda>]]
Possible Response(s)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
113
If PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0) and sending successful:
<CR><LF>+CMSS: <mr>[,<ackpdu>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
If sending fails:
<CR><LF>+CMS ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CMSS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
6.12.2 Interface Description
The execution command sends message with location value <index> from message
storage <mem2> to the network (SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-COMMAND). If new recipient
address <da> is given for SMS-SUBMIT, it shall be used instead of the one stored
with the message. Reference value <mr> is returned to the TE on successful
message delivery. Optionally (when +CSMS <service> value is 1 and network
supports) <ackpdu> is returned. Values can be used to identify message upon
unsolicited delivery status report result code. If sending fails in a network or an ME
error, final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> is returned. See chapter Message
Service Failure Result Code for a list of <err> values. This command should be
aborted.
<da> is limited by AT+CSCS.
6.12.3 Parameter Description
For the parameter description of this command, see section 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send
Message.
6.12.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
6.12.5 Example
Send a stored short message in PDU mode.
Run:
AT+CMGF=0
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
114
Run:
AT+CMSS=8
A short message whose status is
2 exists at the location whose
index is 8.
Response:
+CMSS: 21
OK
6.13 +CMTI–New SMS-DELIVER Indication
6.13.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>+CMTI: <mem>,<index><CR><LF>
6.13.2 Interface Description
This command indicates that a new message is received.
6.13.3 Parameter Description
<mem>:
"BM"
Broadcast message storage
"ME"
ME message storage (not supported currently)
"MT"
ME-related memory (not supported currently)
"SM"
(U)SIM message storage
"TA"
TA SMS storage (not supported currently)
"SR"
Status report storage (not supported currently)
<index>: an integer type value that indicates the location in the storage.
6.13.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
6.13.5 Example
If the SMS received and MS stores the message on the SIM card or ME, and presents
the new message indication, a message similar to the following is displayed:
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
115
Response:
+CMTI: "SM",4
Presents the storage and
location without
solicitation.
6.14 +CDSI–New SMS Status Report Indication
6.14.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>+CDSI: <mem>,<index><CR><LF>
6.14.2 Interface Description
This command notifies the receiving of a new SMS status report and the memory
location where the report is stored.
6.14.3 Parameter Description
<mem>:
"SM"
SIM/USIM SMS memory
"ME"
NV SMS memory (not supported currently)
"SR"
Status report storage (not supported currently)
<index>: integer type; location in the memory.
6.14.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
6.14.5 Example
If message status reports received and MS store message status reports to the MT
and send the storage location to the TE, a message similar to the following is
displayed:
Response:
+CDSI: "SM",17
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
116
6.15 +CMT–New Message Directly Deliver Indication
6.15.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>+CMT: [<reserved>],<length><CR><LF><pdu><CR><LF>
6.15.2 Interface Description
This command indicates that the new message is not saved but directly sent to the
TE.
6.15.3 Parameter Description
<reserved>: reserved.
<length>: an integer type value that indicates the number of bytes of PDU data.
<pdu>: protocol data unit. For details about the PDU format, see section 6.11
AT+CMGS–Send Message.
6.15.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
6.15.5 Example
If the SMS received and directly presents the message instead of storing it, a
message similar to the following is displayed:
Response:
+CMT: ,24
0891683108608805F9240D916831
09731128F5000041106151833300
0462B1580C
Presents an indication,
without solicitation, when
the message storage is
full.
Note:
In this example, the message is in PDU mode.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
117
6.16 +CDS–SMS Status Report Indication Directly
Displayed
6.16.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>+CDS: <length><CR><LF><pdu><CR><LF> (PDU mode enabled)
6.16.2 Interface Description
This command presents SMS status report to the TE upon reception without saving.
6.16.3 Parameter Description
<length>: integer type; length of PDU data.
<pdu>: protocol data unit.
The format of a PDU is as follows:
[<SCA>]
<sc_len>
<type_addr>
<numbers>
TPDU
For the specific format of <SCA>, see section 6.11 AT+CMGS–Send Message.
The structure of TPDU data is as follows:
Abbr.
Reference
P1)
R2)
TP-MTI
TP-Message-Type-Indicator
M
2b
TP-UDHI
TP-User-Data-Header-Indication
O
b
TP-MMS
TP-More-Messages-to-Send
M
b
TP-SRQ
TP-Status-Report-Qualifier
M
b
TP-MR
TP-Message-Reference
M
I
TP-RA
TP-Recipient-Address
M
2-12o
TP-SCTS
TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp
M
7o
TP-DT
TP-Discharge-Time
M
7o
TP-ST
TP-Status
M
o
TP-PI
TP-Parameter-Indicator
O
o
TP-PID
TP-Protocol-Identifier
O
o
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
118
Abbr.
Reference
P1)
R2)
TP-DCS
TP-Data-Coding-Scheme
O
o
TP-UDL
TP-User-Data-Length
O
o
TP-UD
TP-User-Data
O
1) Mandatory (M) or Optional (O).
2) Integer (I), bit (b), 2 bits (2b), Octet (o), 7 octets (7o), 2-12 octets (2-12o).
6.16.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
6.16.5 Example
If message status reports received and MS do not store message status reports to the
MT and directly send the reports to the TE, a message similar to the following is
displayed:
Response:
+CDS: 26
0891683108608805F906F80D91683109731128F54110615183
33004110615183630000
Note:
In this example, the message is in PDU mode.
6.17 ^SMMEMFULL–Message Memory Full
6.17.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>^SMMEMFULL: <mem_type><CR><LF>
6.17.2 Interface Description
When the message storage is full, this unsolicited indication is sent.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Normal Commands for SMS
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
119
6.17.3 Parameter Description
<mem_type>: a string type value that indicates the type of the storage that is full.
"SM"
(U)SIM card
"ME"
NV memory (not supported currently)
6.17.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
6.17.5 Example
When the message storage is full, this unsolicited indication is sent:
Response:
^SMMEMFULL: "SM"
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Standard STK Interface Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
120
7 Standard STK Interface Commands
7.1 +CUSATP–Unsolicitedly Report a UICC Proactive
Command
7.1.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>+CUSATP: <proactive_command><CR><LF>
7.1.2 Interface Description
The MT uses the unsolicited result code +CUSATP: <proactive_command> to
notify TE that SIM card presents a proactive command.
7.1.3 Parameter Description
<proactive_command>: UICC proactive command, string type in hexadecimal
character format, consisting of the full BER-TLV data object as defined in 3GPP TS
31.111, ETSI TS 102.221 and ETSI TS 102.223 protocols.
7.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
7.1.5 Example
Response:
+CUSATP:
"D01A8103012300820281828D0B04
3C54494D452D4F55543E9102000A"
Unsolicitedly report a
proactive command
"GET INPUT".
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Standard STK Interface Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
121
7.2 AT+CUSATE–Send USAT Envelope
7.2.1 Command Syntax
AT+CUSATE=<envelope_command>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+CUSATE:
<envelope_response>[,<busy>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CUSATE=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
7.2.2 Interface Description
This command is used to sent a USAT envelope command to UICC.
7.2.3 Parameter Description
<envelope_command>: an envelope command, string type in hexadecimal
character format, consisting of the full BER-TLV data object as defined in 3GPP TS
31.111 , ETSI TS 102.221 and ETSI TS 102.223 protocols.
<envelope_response>: the response to an envelope command, string type in
hexadecimal character format, consisting of the full BER-TLV data object as defined in
3GPP TS 31.111, ETSI TS 102.221 and ETSI TS 102.223 protocols. Empty if the
UICC does not provide response data.
<busy>: integer type.
0
Indicates normal ending of the envelope command.
1
UICC responded with USAT is busy, retry to send the envelope
command by the MT.
2
UICC responded with USAT is busy even after one or more retries by
the MT.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Standard STK Interface Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
122
7.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
7.2.5 Example
Sent envelope command "MENU SELECTION" (MENU has been got by running the
proactive command "SET UP MENU"); <busy> indicated "0" and envelope command
perform successfully.
Run:
AT+CUSATE="D30782020181900102"
Response:
+CUSATE: "",0
OK
7.3 AT+CUSATT–Send USAT Terminal Response
7.3.1 Command Syntax
AT+CUSATT=<terminal_response>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT+CUSATT=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
7.3.2 Interface Description
This command is used to send a USAT terminal response to UICC.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Standard STK Interface Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
123
7.3.3 Parameter Description
<terminal_response>: terminal response to a proactive command, string type in
hexadecimal character format, consisting of the full BER-TLV data object as defined in
3GPP TS 31.111, ETSI TS 102.221 and ETSI TS 102.223 protocols.
7.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
7.3.5 Example
Sent the UICC proactive command "DISPLAY TEXT", and terminal response
"Command Perform Successfully" is responded.
Response:
+CUSATP: "D0158103012100820281028D0404434154"
Run:
AT+CUSATT="810301218082028281830100"
Response:
OK
7.4 +CUSATEND–Unsolicitedly Report of Terminating a
UICC Proactive Command Session
7.4.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>+CUSATEND<CR><LF>
7.4.2 Interface Description
The MT uses the unsolicited result code +CUSATEND to notify TE that the proactive
command session is terminated.
7.4.3 Parameter Description
None
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Standard STK Interface Commands
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
124
7.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
7.4.5 Example
As the following, the proactive command is reported:
Response:
+CUSATP:
"D04B810301250082028182050D53494D20536572766963657
3FF8F0D8750686F6E65206E756D6265728F0B8553656C66205
3657276658F10805370656369616C204E756D6265727318032
12421"
Then user send the terminal response:
Run:
AT+CUSATT="810301258082028281830100"
Response:
OK
Then the CUSATEND will be reported as following:
Response:
+CUSATEND
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR
Interface Description
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
125
8 Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR
Interface Description
8.1 AT^BODYSARON–Disable or Enable BodySAR
8.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^BODYSARON=<on>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARON?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARON: <on><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARON=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARON: (0,1)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
8.1.2 Interface Description
The set command enables or disables the BodySAR function.
The read command queries the current BodySAR function status.
The test command checks the parameter value range supported by this command.
8.1.3 Parameter Description
<on>: state of BodySAR function
0
Disable Body SAR (default value)
1
Enable Body SAR
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR
Interface Description
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
126
8.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
8.1.5 Example
Run:
AT^BODYSARON=1
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^BODYSARON?
Response:
^BODYSARON: 1
OK
Run:
AT^BODYSARON=?
Response:
^BODYSARON: (0,1)
OK
8.2 AT^BODYSARCFG–Set the BodySAR Type
8.2.1 Command Syntax
AT^BODYSARCFG=<state>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARCFG?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARCFG: <state><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARCFG=?
Possible Response(s)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR
Interface Description
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
127
<CR><LF>^BODYSARCFG: (list of supported
<state>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
8.2.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the bodySAR type , including ON, OFF and AUTO.
The read command queries the current bodySAR type. If it is not set, the default value
will be returned.
The test command returns all supported values of <state>.
8.2.3 Parameter Description
<state>: the bodySAR type.
0
OFF state, indicating the bodySAR function is disabled.
1
ON state, indicating the bodySAR function is enabled. (default value)
2
AUTO state. If the PLMN number of inserted SIM card is in the
bodySAR PLMN list configured in the module, the bodySAR function is
enabled. Otherwise, the bodySAR function is disabled.
Note:
Only when the bodySAR function is enabled, AT^BODYSARON command can be used.
8.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
8.2.5 Example
Run:
AT^BODYSARCFG=?
Response:
^BODYSARCFG: (0,1,2)
OK
It indicates that there are three
supported bodySAR types: ON,
OFF and AUTO.
Run:
AT^BODYSARCFG=1
Set the bodySAR type to be ON.
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^BODYSARCFG?
Query the current bodySAR type.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR
Interface Description
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
128
Response:
^BODYSARCFG: 1
OK
8.3 AT^BODYSARWCDMA–Set the Maximum Tx Power
Limit of WCDMA
8.3.1 Command Syntax
AT^BODYSARWCDMA=<power>[,<band>[,<power>,<band>]…]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARWCDMA?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARWCDMA: list of
(<power>,<band>)s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARWCDMA=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARWCDMA:
(0-24),<band><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
8.3.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the maximum Tx power limit of WCDMA for each band. Set the
maximum Tx power limit of WCDMA for selected band according to the value of band
bit field, and you can send this command for several times and set the different power
limit when the values of bands are set differently.
The read command queries the maximum Tx power limit of WCDMA for each band. If
the parameter values are not set, the default values are displayed after the query.
The test command checks the band range supported by WCDMA and the parameter
values supported by the maximum Tx power limit for each band.
8.3.3 Parameter Description
<power>: the maximum Tx power limit, integers ranging from 0 to 24 in dBm.
<band>: band bit field, 32-bit digit with hexadecimal. A binary bit indicates a
frequency band. The value of binary bit is shown in the following table (or parameter
superimposed values except 3FFFFFFF).
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR
Interface Description
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
129
Parameters
Band
00000001
WCDMA_I_IMT_2100
00000002
WCDMA_II_PCS_1900
00000004
WCDMA_III_1700
00000008
WCDMA_IV_1700
00000010
WCDMA_V_850
00000020
WCDMA_VI_800
00000040
WCDMA_VII_2600
00000080
WCDMA_VIII_900
00000100
WCDMA_IX_1700
3FFFFFFF
All supported bands
[,<band>[,<power>,<band>]…]: indicates that select all supported bands when all
parameters are default. The parameter can set several groups (less or equal to eight
groups) of power at one time. One <power> is set according to <band> in the same
group.
8.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
8.3.5 Example
Run:
AT^BODYSARWCDMA=?
Response:
^BODYSARWCDMA: (0-24),0000009B
OK
Indicate that the
firmware supports
WCDMA Band I, Band
II, Band IV, Band V and
Band VIII; the power is
from 0 to 24.
Run:
AT^BODYSARWCDMA=20,00000001,18,0
000000a
Indicate that set the
maximum WCDMA I Tx
power limit to 20 and
the maximum WCDMA
II and WCDMA IV Tx
power limit to 18.
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR
Interface Description
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
130
Run:
AT^BODYSARWCDMA?
Response:
^BODYSARWCDMA:
(20,00000001),(18,0000000a),(24,0
0000090)
OK
Indicate that the
current maximum
WCDMA I Tx power
limit is set to 20 and the
maximum WCDMA II
and WCDMA IV Tx
power limit is set to 18,
and other supported
bands is set to 24.
8.4 AT^BODYSARGSM–Set the Maximum Tx Power
Limit of GSM
8.4.1 Command Syntax
AT^BODYSARGSM=<power>[,<band>[,<power>,<band>]…]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARGSM?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARGSM: list of
(<power>,<band>)s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARGSM=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARGSM: (0-33),<band><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
8.4.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the maximum Tx power limit of GSM (GPRS and EGPRS) for
each band single time-slot. Set the maximum Tx power limit of GSM for selected band
according to the value of band bit field, and AP can send this command for several
times and set the different power limit when the values of bands are set differently.
The read command queries the maximum Tx power limit of GSM (GPRS and EGPRS)
for each band. If the parameter values are not set, the default values are displayed
after the query.
The test command checks the band range supported by GSM (GPRS and EGPRS),
and the parameter values supported by the maximum Tx power limit for each band.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR
Interface Description
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
131
Note:
The AT^BODYSARGSM command sets the maximum Tx power limit of GSM (GPRS and
EGPRS) for each band in single time-slot. When the module changes into multi-slot
configuration, the maximum Tx power limit of each time-slot will be reduced. The power
reduction in multi-slot configuration is as follows.
Number of timeslots in uplink
assignment
Reduction of maximum Tx power (dB)
1
0
2
3
3
5
4
6
5
7
6
8
7
8.5
8
9
8.4.3 Parameter Description
<power>: the maximum Tx power limit. Integer ranging from 0 to 33 in dBm.
<band>: band bit field, 32-bit digit with hexadecimal. A binary bit indicates a
frequency band. The value of binary bit is shown in the following table (or parameter
superimposed values except 3FFFFFFF).
Parameters(GPRS)
Parameters(EGPRS)
Band
00000001
00010000
GSM850
00000002
00020000
GSM900
00000004
00040000
GSM1800
00000008
00080000
GSM1900
3FFFFFFF
All supported bands
[,<band>[,<power>,<band>]…]: indicates that select all supported bands when all
parameters are default. The parameter can set several groups (less or equal to eight
groups) of power at one time. One <power> is set according to <band> in the same
group.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR
Interface Description
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
132
8.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
8.4.5 Example
Run:
AT^BODYSARGSM=?
Response:
^BODYSARGSM: (0-33),000F000F
OK
Indicate that the firmware
supports GPRS850,
GPRS900, GPRS1800
and GPRS1900,
EGPRS850, EGPRS900,
EGPRS1800 and
EGPRS1900; the power is
from 0 to 33.
Run:
AT^BODYSARGSM=20
Indicate that default value,
set the maximum Tx
power limit for the band
supported by firmware to
20.
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^BODYSARGSM?
Response:
^BODYSARGSM: (20,3FFFFFFF)
OK
Indicate that the maximum
Tx power limit for the band
supported by firmware is
set to 20.
8.5 AT^BODYSARLTE–Set the Maximum Tx Power Limit
of LTE
8.5.1 Command Syntax
AT^BODYSARLTE=<power>[,<band>[,<power>,<band>]…]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARLTE?
Possible Response(s)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR
Interface Description
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
133
<CR><LF>^BODYSARLTE: list of
(<power>,<band>)s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^BODYSARLTE=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^BODYSARLTE: (0-24),<band><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
8.5.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the maximum Tx power limit of LTE for each band. Set the
maximum Tx power limit of LTE for selected band according to the value of band bit
field, and you can send this command for several times and set the different power
limit when the values of bands are set differently.
The read command queries the maximum Tx power limit of LTE for each band. If the
parameter values are not set, the default values are displayed after the query.
The test command checks the band range supported by LTE and the parameter
values supported by the maximum Tx power limit for each band.
8.5.3 Parameter Description
<power>: the maximum Tx power limit. Integer ranging from 0 to 24.
<band>: band bit field, 64-bit digit with hexadecimal. A binary bit indicates a
frequency band. The value of binary bit is shown in the following table (or parameter
superimposed values except FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF).
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
band 1
0000000000000002
band 2
0000000000000004
band 3
0000000000000008
band 4
0000000000000010
band 5
0000000000000020
band 6
0000000000000040
band 7
0000000000000080
band 8
0000000000000100
band 9
0000000000000200
band 10
0000000000000400
band 11
0000000000000800
band 12
0000000000001000
band 13
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR
Interface Description
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
134
Parameters
Band
0000000000002000
band 14
0000000000004000
band 15
0000000000008000
band 16
0000000000010000
band 17
0000000000020000
band 18
0000000000040000
band 19
0000000000080000
band 20
0000000000100000
band 21
0000000000200000
band 22
0000000000400000
band 23
0000000000800000
band 24
0000000001000000
band 25
0000000002000000
band 26
0000000004000000
band 27
0000000008000000
band 28
0000000010000000
band 29
0000000020000000
band 30
0000000040000000
band 31
0000000080000000
band 32
0000000100000000
band 33
0000000200000000
band 34
0000000400000000
band 35
0000000800000000
band 36
0000001000000000
band 37
0000002000000000
band 38
0000004000000000
band 39
0000008000000000
band 40
0000010000000000
band 41
0000020000000000
band 42
0000040000000000
band 43
0000080000000000
band 44
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR
Interface Description
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
135
Parameters
Band
0000100000000000
band 45
0000200000000000
band 46
0000400000000000
band 47
0000800000000000
band 48
0001000000000000
band 49
0002000000000000
band 50
0004000000000000
band 51
0008000000000000
band 52
0010000000000000
band 53
0020000000000000
band 54
0040000000000000
band 55
0080000000000000
band 56
0100000000000000
band 57
0200000000000000
band 58
0400000000000000
band 59
0800000000000000
band 60
1000000000000000
band 61
2000000000000000
band 62
4000000000000000
band 63
8000000000000000
band 64
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
[,<band>[,<power>,<band>]…]: indicates that select all supported bands when all
parameters are default. The parameter can set several groups (less or equal to eight
groups) of power at one time. One <power> is set according to <band> in the same
group.
8.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: BodySAR
Interface Description
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
136
8.5.5 Example
Run:
AT^BODYSARLTE=?
Response:
^BODYSARLTE:
(0-24),00000000000910DF
OK
Indicate that the firmware
supports band1, band2 and
band3, band4, band5, band7,
band8, band13, band17 and
band20; the power is from 0 to
24.
Run:
AT^BODYSARLTE=20
Indicate that set the maximum
Tx power limit of bands
supported by firmware to 20.
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^BODYSARLTE?
Response:
^BODYSARLTE: (20,FFFFFFFF
FFFFFFFF)
OK
Indicate that the maximum Tx
power limit of bands supported
by firmware is set to 20.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
137
9 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
9.1 ^THERM–Thermal Protection Activated Unsolicited
Report
9.1.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>^THERM: <ACTION><CR><LF>
9.1.2 Interface Description
This command is used to send an unsolicited report to host when thermal protection is
active/inactive according temperature. This command is affected by AT command
^CURC (if exists).
9.1.3 Parameter Description
<ACTION>: value that indicates whether thermal protection takes effect. The possible
values are defined as below:
0
Indicates that the thermal protection is inactive.
1
Indicates that the thermal protection is active.
9.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
138
9.1.5 Example
- Indicates that the thermal protection is inactive:
Response:
^THERM: 0
- Indicates that the thermal protection is active:
Response:
^THERM: 1
9.2 AT^CURC–Set Presentation of Unsolicited Results
9.2.1 Command Syntax
AT^CURC=<mode>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^CURC?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^CURC: <mode><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^CURC=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^CURC: (list of supported
<mode>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
9.2.2 Interface Description
The set command selects the control mode for the presentation of unsolicited results.
The read command queries the current control mode for the presentation of
unsolicited results.
The test command lists the supported control mode for the presentation of unsolicited
results.
9.2.3 Parameter Description
<mode>:
control mode for the presentation of unsolicited results.
0
The presentation of the unsolicited indications in Table 9-1 is disabled.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
139
1
Enables the presentation of the unsolicited indications (default value).
Table 9-1 List for the presentation of unsolicited results when CURC=0
COMMAND
^MODE
^RSSI
^CSNR
^DSFLOWRPT
^EARST
^ACTIVEBAND
^RSSILVL
^HRSSILVL
^HDRRSSI
^CRSSI
^ANLEVEL
^BOOT
Note:
The AT^CURC command cannot be used on the host with Windows 8 OS.
9.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
9.2.5 Example
- To set <mode> to 0:
Run:
AT^CURC=0
Response:
OK
- Read command:
Run:
AT^CURC?
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
140
Response:
^CURC: 0
OK
- The test command:
Run:
AT^CURC=?
Response:
^CURC: (0-1)
OK
9.3 AT^WAKEUPCFG–Configure Module's Remote
Wakeup Function by Host
9.3.1 Command Syntax
AT^WAKEUPCFG=<n>[,<channel>[,<source>]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^WAKEUPCFG?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WAKEUPCFG:
<n>,<channel>,<source><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^WAKEUPCFG=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WAKEUPCFG: (list of supported <n>s),(list of supported
<channel>s),(list of supported
<source>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
9.3.2 Interface Description
This command is used to enable and disable the module's Remote Wake-up feature,
and to set the wake-up channels and sources for the feature.
9.3.3 Parameter Description
<n>: enables or disables the Remote Wake-up feature.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
141
0
Disables the module's Remote Wake-up feature.
1
Enables the module's Remote Wake-up feature (default value)
<channel>: sets Remote Wake-up channels.
The length of this parameter is 1 byte (8 bits). Eight Remote Wake-up channels can
be controlled by this parameter. This parameter is entered in decimal format. Each bit
of this parameter controls one channel, where:
0
Enables the channel controlled by the bit.
1
Disables the channel controlled by the bit.
Bit[2-7]
Bit[1]
Bit[0]
Undefined
USB
Wake up PIN
0x01
PIN Wake-up
0x02
USB Remote Wakeup
0x04–0x80
Reserved
The default value of this parameter is 0x0003 (Wake up PIN+USB).
<source>: sets Remote Wake-up sources. The length of this parameter is 2 bytes
(16 bits). This parameter is entered in decimal format. Each bit of this parameter
controls one source, where:
0
Enables the source controlled by the bit.
1
Disables the source controlled by the bit.
Bit[4-15]
Bit[3]
Bit[2]
Bit[1]
Bit[0]
Undefined
UR
DATA
SMS
VOICE
0x0001
Voice
0x0002
SMS
0x0004
Data
0x0008
UR (unsolicited report)
0x0010–0x8000
reserved
The default value of this parameter is 0x000F (VOICE+SMS+DATA+UR).
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
142
9.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
Notes:
- The values that NV saved are not influenced by factory default recovery and will not backup
when update. This command supports variable-parameter input. If parameters are not input
entirely, the previous value will not be changed.
- The AT^WAKEUPCFG command cannot be used on the host with Windows 8 OS.
9.3.5 Example
- The set command if only support USB Remote Wakeup:
Run:
AT^WAKEUPCFG=1,2,7
Response:
OK
- Read command:
Run:
AT^WAKEUPCFG?
Response:
^WAKEUPCFG: 1,2,7
OK
- The test command:
Run:
AT^WAKEUPCFG=?
Response:
^WAKEUPCFG: (0-1),(0-3),(0-15)
OK
9.4 AT^CPIN–Manage PIN
9.4.1 Command Syntax
AT^CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
143
AT^CPIN?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^CPIN:
<code>,[<times>],<puk_times>,<pin_times>,<puk2_times>,<pin2_ti
mes><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^CPIN=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
9.4.2 Interface Description
The read command returns a string indicating whether a password is required and
how many password entry attempts are remaining.
The set command is used for verifying and unblocking PIN.
If the current password required is PIN, run AT^CPIN=<pin> to verify PIN.
If the current password required is PUK, run AT^CPIN=<pin>,<newpin> to unblock
the PIN. In "AT^CPIN=[<pin>][,<newpin>]", <pin> is the SIM PUK, and <newpin>
is the new PIN.
If the set command is executed when PIN is not requested, +CME ERROR: <err> is
returned.
Note:
Verifying PIN or PUK while a call or other services are ongoing may cause the call or services to
be terminated.
9.4.3 Parameter Description
<pin>, <newpin>: string type values with length 4–8 that must be enclosed in double
quotation marks. Characters allowed in these fields are 0–9, otherwise ERROR is
returned.
<code>: a string type value (without quotation marks).
READY
MT is not pending for any password
SIM PIN
MT is waiting for UICC/SIM PIN to be given
SIM PUK
MT is waiting for UICC/SIM PUK to be given to unblock the blocked
SIM PIN
SIM PIN2
MT is waiting for SIM PIN2 to be given
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
144
SIM PUK2
MT is waiting for UICC/SIM PUK2 to be given to unblock the blocked
SIM PIN2
<times>: indicates the remaining number of entry attempts. For PIN and PIN2, the
maximum number of entry attempts is 3. For PUK and PUK2, the maximum number of
entry attempts is 10.
Note:
If there is a password request, the remaining number of entry attempts of the currently
requested password is indicated by the <times> field. If no password is requested, <times>
is left blank. PIN2 and PUK2 is not supported currently.
<puk_times>: remaining number of PUK entry attempts. The maximum number of
PUK entry attempts is 10.
<pin_times>: remaining number of PIN entry attempts. The maximum number of
PIN entry attempts is 3.
<puk2_times>: remaining number of PUK2 entry attempts. The maximum number
of PUK2 entry attempts is 10.
<pin2_times>: remaining number of PIN2 entry attempts. The maximum number of
PIN2 entry attempts is 3.
9.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
9.4.5 Example
- The read command returns a string indicating a password is required:
Run:
AT^CPIN?
Response:
^CPIN: SIM PIN,3,10,3,10,3
OK
- The set command is used for verifying and unblocking PIN:
Run:
AT^CPIN="1234"
Response:
OK
- The read command returns a string indicating a password is not required:
Run:
AT^CPIN?
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
145
Response:
^CPIN: READY,,10,3,10,3
OK
Run:
AT^CPIN=?
Response:
OK
9.5 AT^RFSWITCH–Set the Flight Mode
9.5.1 Command Syntax
AT^RFSWITCH=<SW state>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR:<err><CR><LF>
AT^RFSWITCH?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^RFSWITCH: <SW state>,<HW
state><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR:<err><CR><LF>
AT^RFSWITCH=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^RFSWITCH: (0-1),(0-1)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
9.5.2 Interface Description
This command switches the RF and saves the corresponding value, the query
features including pin LGA interface PIN45 status query which determines the state of
the hardware switch.
^RFSWITCH feature is equivalent to +CFUN function (the two values are 0 and 1),
based on the values save the corresponding value.
AT^RFSWITCH=0 is equivalent to AT+CFUN=4.
AT^RFSWITCH=1 is equivalent to AT+CFUN=1.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
146
9.5.3 Parameter Description
<SW state>: state of RF software switch, the valid value: 0 and 1.
0
The state of RF software switch is set to off.
1
The state of RF software switch is set to on.
<HW state>: state of RF hardware switch, the valid value: 0 and 1.
0
The state of RF hardware switch is set to off.
1
The state of RF hardware switch is set to on.
9.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
9.5.5 Example
Query the current state of RF switch: (return information for the current state of the
hardware switch is open, the software switch is off)
Run:
AT^RFSWITCH?
Response:
^RFSWITCH: 0,1
OK
9.6 ^RFSWITCH–Report the RF SWITCH State
9.6.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>^RFSWITCH: <SW state>,<HW state><CR><LF>
9.6.2 Interface Description
This command reports the status of the W_DISABLE# pin (pin 45) and RF software
switch. Once the W_DISABLE# pin or RF software switch changes, this command is
reported.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
147
9.6.3 Parameter Description
<SW state>: state of RF software switch, the valid value: 0 and 1.
0
The state of RF software switch is set to off.
1
The state of RF software switch is set to on.
<HW state>: state of RF hardware switch, the valid value: 0 and 1.
0
The state of RF hardware switch is set to off.
1
The state of RF hardware switch is set to on.
9.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
9.6.5 Example
When RF software and hardware are on and the status of RF software changes from
on to off, the device will report the following:
Response:
^RFSWITCH: 0,1
When RF software and hardware are on and the status of RF hardware changes from
on to off, the device will report the following:
Response:
^RFSWITCH: 1,0
9.7 AT^MSO–Shutdown Command
9.7.1 Command Syntax
AT^MSO
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
9.7.2 Interface Description
This command powers off the MT. When the command is executed, the MT logs out of
the network, saves subscriber data, and then shut down.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
148
9.7.3 Parameter Description
None
9.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
9.7.5 Example
Run:
AT^MSO
Response:
OK
9.8 AT^CARDLOCK–Card Lock Administration
9.8.1 Command Syntax
AT^CARDLOCK?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^CARDLOCK:
<status>,<times>,<operator><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^CARDLOCK=<unlock_code>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^CARDLOCK=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
149
9.8.2 Interface Description
AT^CARDLOCK command is used to unlock a SIM locked MT and query MT's SIM lock
state. If the SIM locked MT is customized by the operator, MT can only use the SIM
card specified by this operator (in the following description, a valid SIM card is a SIM
card specified by the operator; an invalid SIM card indicates a SIM card not specified
by the operator). When an invalid SIM card is installed on the MT, <unlock_code> is
requested for unlocking the SIM lock. If the unlock code is not entered, SIM-related
services, including network registration, calling, and messaging, are unavailable, but
emergency calls are available.
The set command id used to unlock the MT's SIM lock. <unlock_code> specifies
the unlock code for the MT. Each MT has a unique unlock code.
- If the correct unlock code is entered, the MT's SIM lock will be removed
permanently. The MT can work with any SIM card and the unlock code will never
be requested. After the MT's SIM lock is removed permanently or the MT's SIM
lock is disabled, if a unlock code is entered, +CME ERROR: 3 will be returned.
- If the number of consecutive incorrect unlock code entry attempts exceeds 10
(the number of consecutive incorrect unlock code entry can be specified.
Generally, it is 10), the MT's SIM lock will be locked permanently. The MT can
only work with valid SIM card. After the MT's SIM lock is locked permanently, if a
unlock code is entered again, +CME ERROR: 3 will be returned.
The read command queries the current SIM lock status and remaining number of
unlock attempts.
- When the MT's SIM lock is locked permanently, no matter that the MT's SIM card
is locked or not, 3 is returned for <status>.
- When the MT's SIM lock is removed permanently or the MT's SIM lock is disabled,
no matter that the MT's SIM card is locked or not, 2 is returned for <status>.
- When the MT's SIM lock is enabled and the remaining number of unlock attempts
exceeds 0, if there is not a SIM card installed on the MT, or a SIM card is invalid,
or PIN code is not verified, 1 is returned for <status>.
Note:
An MT without IMEI will not be locked.
9.8.3 Parameter Description
<status>: it is an integer number that denotes the lock status of the module currently,
including the following states:
1
Unlocked code needs to be provided.
2
Unlocked code does not need to be provided.
3
The module is locked forever.
<times>: it is an integer number which value range is 0 to 10, denote the remain
times of the attempt of unlock the module. When this parameter value is 0, it means
this module is locked forever. After the module is unlocked, this parameter has no use.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
150
<operator>: it is an integer number denotes which operator lock this module, in fact
it is the operator's PLMN ID, for example:
24202
Netcom Norway locks this module.
46000
Mobile China locks this module.
0
No any operators lock this module.
Note:
This parameter is not supported currently, and the value is 0.
9.8.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
9.8.5 Example
- If the SIM card is valid and the remaining number of unlock attempts is 10.
Run:
AT^CARDLOCK?
Response:
^CARDLOCK: 2,10,0
OK
- If the SIM card is invalid and the unlock code is 11111111.
Run:
AT^CARDLOCK?
Response:
^CARDLOCK: 1,10,0
OK
Run:
AT^CARDLOCK="11111111"
Response:
OK
The MT is unlocked and the
SIM lock is removed
permanently.
Run:
AT^CARDLOCK?
Response:
^CARDLOCK: 2,10,0
OK
- If the SIM card is invalid and the MT has been locked permanently.
Run:
AT^CARDLOCK?
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
151
Response:
^CARDLOCK: 3,0,0
OK
9.9 AT^HWCUST–Enable Custom Hardware Function
9.9.1 Command Syntax
AT^HWCUST=<func>,<action>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^HWCUST?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^HWCUST: list of supported
(<func>,<action>)s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^HWCUST=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^HWCUST: list of supported (<func>,(list of
supported<action>s))s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
9.9.2 Interface Description
This command is used to control the hardware pin and to enable or disable a specified
hardware function.
9.9.3 Parameter Description
<func>: hardware function.
0
GNSS reference clock
1–255
Reserved
<action>: operation on the hardware pin. The value of <action> varies according
to the value of <func>.
0
Disable output (default value).
1
Enable output.
2–255
Reserved
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
152
9.9.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
9.9.5 Example
The following assumes that a module only supports the GNSS reference clock
function:
- Enable the output of the GNSS reference clock function:
Run:
AT^HWCUST=0,1
Response:
OK
- Query the status of a specified hardware function:
Run:
AT^HWCUST?
Response:
^HWCUST: (0,1)
OK
- Query the present value range:
Run:
AT^HWCUST=?
Response:
^HWCUST: (0,(0,1))
OK
9.10 AT^ICCID–Query the ICCID
9.10.1 Command Syntax
AT^ICCID?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^ICCID: <iccid><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^ICCID=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
153
9.10.2 Interface Description
This command is used to query the integrated circuit card identity (ICCID) of a SIM
card no matter the PIN is entered or not.
9.10.3 Parameter Description
<iccid>: ICCID, which is a string containing up to 20 characters.
Note:
The ICCID uniquely identifies an integrated circuit (IC) card. The ICCID is saved in the EFICCID
file and consists of 10 bytes. The following figure shows the relationship between the ICCID and
information in the EFICCID file (for details, see the GSM11.11 protocol).
The bit sequence of the information obtained from the EFICCID file must be converted.
9.10.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Mobile
Termination Control and Status Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
154
9.10.5 Example
Run:
AT^ICCID?
Query the ICCID of the SIM
card of which the EFICCID file
contains the character
string
98684006905725201069
Response:
^ICCID: 89860460097552020196
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
155
10 Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Network Service Interfaces
10.1 AT^SYSINFOEX–Query Extended System
Information
10.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^SYSINFOEX
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^SYSINFOEX:
<srv_status>,<srv_domain>,<roam_status>,<sim_state>,<lock_sta
te>,<sysmode>,<sysmode_name>,<submode>,<submode_name><CR><LF
><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
10.1.2 Interface Description
This command queries the current system information, such as the system service
status, domain, roaming status, system mode, and SIM card state.
10.1.3 Parameter Description
<srv_status>: indicates the system service status.
0
No services
1
Restricted services
2
Valid services
3
Restricted regional services
4
Power saving or hibernate state
<srv_domain>: indicates is the system service domain.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
156
0
No services
1
CS service only
2
PS service only
3
PS+CS services
4
Not registered to CS or PS; searching now
255
CDMA (not supported)
<roam_status>: indicates the roaming status.
0
Not roaming
1
Roaming
<sim_state>: indicates the state of the SIM card.
0
Invalid SIM card
1
Valid SIM card
2
Invalid SIM card in CS
3
Invalid SIM card in PS
4
Invalid SIM card in PS and CS
240
ROMSIM version
255
No SIM card is found.
<lock_state>: indicates whether the SIM card is locked by the CardLock feature.
0
SIM card is not locked by the CardLock feature.
1
SIM card is locked by the CardLock feature.
<sysmode>: indicates the system mode. Its values are defined as follows:
0
NO SERVICE
1
GSM
2
CDMA (not supported currently)
3
WCDMA
4
TD-SCDMA (not supported currently)
5
WIMAX (not supported currently)
6
LTE
Note:
If the returned <sysmode> value is not within the valid range (0–6), it will be deemed as
<sysmode>=3 (WCDMA).
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
157
<sysmode_name>: a string type value indicating the system mode name
corresponding to <sysmode>. For example, if <sysmode>=3,
<sysmode_name>="WCDMA".
<submode>: indicates the system sub-mode. Its values are defined as follows:
0
NO SERVICE
1
GSM
2
GPRS
3
EDGE
4–20
Reserved
41
WCDMA
42
HSDPA
43
HSUPA
44
HSPA
45
HSPA+
46
DC-HSPA+
47–60
Reserved
101
LTE
Other value
Reserved
<submode_name>: system sub-mode. (The value can be extended.) This parameter
returns the name of the current network sub-mode in character string. The value of
<submode_name> is the character string corresponding to the value of <submode>
in the command. For example, if the value of <submode> is 45, the value of
<submode_name> is HSPA+.
10.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
10.1.5 Example
Run:
AT^SYSINFOEX
Response:
^SYSINFOEX:
2,3,0,1,0,3,"WCDMA",41,"WCDMA"
OK
The response indicates
that the UE is operating
over a WCDMA
network in WCDMA
mode.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
158
10.2 AT^SYSCFGEX–Configure Extended System
10.2.1 Command Syntax
AT^SYSCFGEX=<acqorder>,<band>,<roam>,<srvdomain>,<lteband>,<r
eserve1>,<reserve2>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^SYSCFGEX?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^SYSCFGEX:
<acqorder>,<band>,<roam>,<srvdomain>,<lteband><CR><LF><CR><L
F>OK<CR><LF>
AT^SYSCFGEX=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^SYSCFGEX: (list of supported <acqorder>s),(list of supported
(<band>,<band_name>)s),(list of supported <roam>s),(list of supported
<srvdomain>s),(list of supported
(<lteband>,<lteband_name>)s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
10.2.2 Interface Description
This command sets the system mode, network access order, frequency band,
roaming support, domain, and other features.
The read command queries the current system configuration.
The test command returns supported values as a compound value.
10.2.3 Parameter Description
<acqorder>: a string type value that specifies the network access order. Its value
can be the following values:
"00"
Automatic
"01"
GSM
"02"
WCDMA
"03"
LTE
"99"
Not change
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
159
For example, the 03 value indicates LTE only.
The 99 value indicates no change of the network access order.
The 00 value indicates automatic network access order that is determined by the
board.
<band>: a hexadecimal value that specifies the frequency band, which is related to
the system mode and dependent on the board performance.
The possible values of <band> are the following values and their combinations
(excluding 0x3FFFFFFF and 0x40000000):
00000080 (CM_BAND_PREF_GSM_DCS_1800)
GSM DCS systems
00000100 (CM_BAND_PREF_GSM_EGSM_900)
Extended GSM 900
00080000 (CM_BAND_PREF_GSM_850)
GSM 850
00200000 (CM_BAND_PREF_GSM_PCS_1900)
GSM PCS
00400000 (CM_BAND_PREF_WCDMA_I_IMT_2000)
WCDMA IMT 2100
00800000 (CM_BAND_PREF_WCDMA_II_PCS_1900)
WCDMA_II_PCS_1900
02000000 (CM_BAND_PREF_WCDMA_IX_1700)
AWS
04000000 (CM_BAND_PREF_WCDMA_V_850)
WCDMA_V_850
3FFFFFFF (CM_BAND_PREF_ANY)
any band
40000000 (CM_BAND_PREF_NO_CHANGE)
band not changed
0002000000000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_WCDMA_VIII_900)
WCDMA_VIII_900
00680380
Automatic
<band_name>: a string type value indicating the frequency band name.
<roam>: indicates whether roaming is supported.
0
Not supported
1
Supported
2
No change
<srvdomain>: indicates the domain setting.
0
CS_ONLY
1
PS_ONLY
2
CS_PS
3
ANY
4
No change
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
160
<lteband>: a hexadecimal value that specifies the LTE frequency band. The value of
<lteband> can be one of the following values and their combinations (excluding
0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF):
7FFFFFFFFFFFF
FFF(CM_BAND_P
REF_ANY)
Any frequency band
1
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND1) LTE BC1
2
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND2) LTE BC2
4
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND3) LTE BC3
8
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND4) LTE BC4
10
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND5) LTE BC5
40
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND7) LTE BC7
80
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND8) LTE BC8
1000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND13) LTE BC13
10000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND17) LTE BC17
80000
(CM_BAND_PREF_LTE_EUTRAN_BAND20) LTE BC20
40000000
(CM_BAND_PREF_NO_CHANGE) No band
change
<lteband_name>: a string type value indicating the LTE frequency band name.
<reserve1>: reserved field 1.
<reserve2>: reserved field 2.
10.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
Y
10.2.5 Example
Run:
AT^SYSCFGEX=?
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
161
Response:
^SYSCFGEX:
("00","01","02","03","99"),((3fffffff,"All
Bands"),(2000000400180,"GSM900/GSM1800/WCDMA BC
VIII/WCDMA BC I"),(6A80000,"GSM850/GSM1900/WCDMA BC
V/WCDMA BC IV/WCDMA BC
II")),(0-2),(0-4),((7fffffffffffffff,"All
Bands"),(910DF,"LTE BC1/LTE BC2/LTE BC3/LTE BC4/LTE
BC5/LTE BC7/LTE BC8/LTE BC13/LTE BC17/LTE BC20"))
OK
Run:
AT^SYSCFGEX?
Response:
^SYSCFGEX: "00",3FFFFFFF,1,2,7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
OK
Run:
AT^SYSCFGEX="02",3FFFFFFF,1,2,7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFF,,
Response:
OK
10.3 AT^USSDMODE–Select USSD Mode
10.3.1 Command Syntax
AT^USSDMODE=[<mode>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^USSDMODE?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^USSDMODE: <mode><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^USSDMODE=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^USSDMODE: (list of supported
<mode>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
162
10.3.2 Interface Description
The execution command selects the USSD mode. The setting of USSD mode
selection made by this command is not saved in MT's NV memory, which means that
the default USSD mode will be restored after the MT is restarted. This command shall
be used to select the USSD mode when the client on a computer starts or shakes
hands with the MT.
The read command returns the current USSD mode.
The test command returns the list of supported USSD modes.
10.3.3 Parameter Description
<mode>:
0
Select USSD non-transparent mode.
1
Select USSD transparent mode. (default value)
10.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
10.3.5 Example
- Query the current USSD mode:
Run:
AT^USSDMODE?
Response:
^USSDMODE: 1
OK
- Set USSD mode:
Run:
AT^USSDMODE=0
Non-transparent mode
Response:
OK
- Query the list of supported <mode>s:
Run:
AT^USSDMODE=?
Response:
^USSDMODE: (0-1)
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
163
10.4 AT^EONS–Query the Service Provider Name and the
EFSPN Information of the SIM Card
10.4.1 Command Syntax
AT^EONS=<type>[,<plmn_id>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^EONS:
<type>,<plmn_id>,<plmn_name1>,<plmn_name2>[,<spn_cond>,<spn>]<
CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^EONS=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^EONS: (list of supported
<type>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
10.4.2 Interface Description
This command is used to query the service provider name and the information
contained in the EFSPN file of the SIM card.
<type> specifies the query type. Its value can be 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
- When <type> is set to 1, 2, 3, or 4:
The command format is AT^EONS=<type> or AT^EONS=<type>,<plmn_id>. If
<plmn_id> is not included, information about the current registered network is
returned.
In the response, <plmn_name1> indicates the long name, while <plmn_name2>
indicates the short name. The value of <plmn_name1> or <plmn_name2> contains a
maximum of 128 hexadecimal characters (32 valid characters). If a name exceeds the
maximum length, the first 128 characters are retained. If <plmn_name1> or
<plmn_name2> cannot be obtained, its value is left empty.
In the response, <spn_cond> and <spn> are handled as follows: If the SIM card for
the current registered network has an EFspn file that is not empty, the content of the
EFspn file is returned. Otherwise, nothing is returned.
- When <type> is set to 5:
The command format is AT^EONS=<type>. In the response, the maximum number of
hexadecimal characters that can be contained in the value of <plmn_name1> is 80
(20 valid characters). An empty value is returned for <plmn_name2>.
The response does not need to contain <spn_cond> or <spn>.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
164
A UCS2 hexadecimal character string is converted using the big-endian encoding
scheme. For example, character "A" is represented by 0041.
10.4.3 Parameter Description
<type>: operation type.
1
Automatic mode, the priority for <plmn_name1> and <plmn_name2>
is as follows:
(1) Information saved in the EFpnn file corresponding to the USIM
EFopl
(2) Information released from the network side (MM/GMM/EMM
information)
(3) Information saved in the internal network name list
2
Query the network name in the MM/GMM/EMM information.
3
Query the network name in the EFpnn file corresponding to the USIM
EFopl.
4
Query the information saved in the internal network name list.
5
Automatic length limit mode.
Processing logic for <plmn_name1>:
1. If a long name exists and its length does not exceed the limit.
(Non-Roaming or RPLMN is
listed in EFspdi) and EFspn is
valid
Roaming and RPLMN is not
listed in EFspdi) or EFspn is
invalid
<plmn_name1>
returns
SPN
Long name
2. If a short name exists and its length does not exceed the limit.
(Non-Roaming or RPLMN is
listed in EFspdi) and EFspn is
valid
Roaming and RPLMN is not
listed in EFspdi) or EFspn is
invalid
<plmn_name1>
returns
SPN
Short name
3. In other cases
(Non-Roaming or RPLMN is
listed in EFspdi) and EFspn is
valid
Roaming and RPLMN is not
listed in EFspdi) or EFspn is
invalid
<plmn_name1>
returns
SPN
"MCC MNC"
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
165
The priority for the long and short names (from high to low) is as follows:
(1) Information saved in the EFpnn file corresponding to the EFopl
(2) Information released from the network side (MM/GMM/EMM information)
(3) Information saved in the internal network name list
If the long and short names obtained from a preferred location are invalid, specifically,
the name does not exist or its length exceeds the limit, the next preferred location is
turned to.
<plmn_id>: PLMN ID of the network. For detailed format, see the description of the
numeric <oper> field in the AT+COPS command in the 3GPP TS 27.007 protocol.
<plmn_name1>: a string type value in the format of a UCS2 hexadecimal character
string.
<plmn_name2>: a string type value in the format of a UCS2 hexadecimal character
string. When the <type> parameter is set to 5, a null character string is reported in ""
format.
<spn_cond>: integer, ranging from 0 to 255. The value of the <spn_cond>
parameter is the first byte in the EFSPN file of the SIM card. For details, see the
explanation of the <Display Condition> field in the definition of the EFSPN file in
the 3GPP TS 31.102 protocol.
<spn>: a string type value in the format of a UCS2 hexadecimal character string that
indicates the content of the EFSPN file.
10.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
10.4.5 Example
If the currently registered network is 46009. The long name of network 46009 is
"HUAWEI TEST W09" and the short name is "HTW09" in the EFPNN file of the current
SIM card. The <Display Condition> field of the EFSPN is set to 0x03 and the
<Service Provider Name> field is set to "HUAWEI". The long and short names
delivered by network 46009 are "HUAWEI TEST W09 NETWORK" and "HTW09NET"
respectively.
Run:
AT^EONS=1
Response:
^EONS:
1,46009,"00480055004100570045004900200054004500530
0540020005700300039","00480054005700300039",3,"004
800550041005700450049"
OK
Run:
AT^EONS=2
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
166
Response:
^EONS:
2,46009,"00480055004100570045004900200054004500530
05400200057003000390020004E004500540057004F0052004
B","00480054005700300039004E00450054",3,"004800550
041005700450049"
OK
Run:
AT^EONS=2,"46010"
Response:
^EONS: 2,46010,"","",3,"004800550041005700450049"
OK
Run:
AT^EONS=5
Response:
^EONS:
5,46009,"004800550041005700450049"
,""
OK
When network
46009 is an
HPLMN or belongs
to an EHPLMN, or
in EFSPDI.
^EONS:
5,46009,"0048005500410057004500490
0200054004500530054002000570030003
9",""
OK
When network
46009 is not in an
HPLMN,
EHPLMN, or
EFSPDI.
Notes:
- "HUAWEI TEST W09" (UCS2 hexadecimal character string):
004800550041005700450049002000540045005300540020005700300039.
- "HTW09" (UCS2 hexadecimal character string): 00480054005700300039.
- "HUAWEI" (UCS2 hexadecimal character string): 004800550041005700450049.
- "HUAWEI TEST W09 NETWORK" (UCS2 hexadecimal character string):
0048005500410057004500490020005400450053005400200057003000390020004E0045
00540057004F0052004B.
- "HTW09NET" (UCS2 hexadecimal character string):
00480054005700300039004E00450054.
10.5 AT^HCSQ–Query and Report Signal Strength
10.5.1 Command Syntax
AT^HCSQ?
Possible Response(s)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
167
<CR><LF>^HCSQ:
<sysmode>,<value1>,<value2>,<value3>,<value4><CR><LF><CR><LF
>OK<CR><LF>
AT^HCSQ=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^HCSQ: list of supported
<sysmode>s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
URC
<CR><LF>^HCSQ:
<sysmode>,<value1>,<value2>,<value3>,<value4><CR><LF>
10.5.2 Interface Description
This command is used to query and report the signal strength of the current service
network. If the MT is registered with multiple networks in different service modes, you
can query the signal strength of networks in each mode.
No matter whether the MT is registered with a network or not, you can run this
command to query the signal strength or allow the MT to unsolicitedly report the
detected signal strength if the MT camps on the network. If the MT is not using any
service network or the service mode is uncertain, "NOSERVICE" will be returned as
the query result.
The read command queries the current network signal strength detected by the MT.
The test command returns the list of service modes supported by the MT.
The URC command allows the MT to unsolicitedly report the current signal strength
when the strength changes.
10.5.3 Parameter Description
<sysmode>: a string type value indicating the service mode in which the MT will
unsolicitedly report the signal strength.
"NOSERVICE"
NOSERVICE mode
"GSM"
GSM/GRPS/EDGE mode
"WCDMA"
WCDMA/HSDPA/HSPA mode
"LTE"
LTE mode
<value1>, <value2>, <value3>, <value4>: the following table lists the signal
strength type corresponding to each service mode.
<sysmode>
<value1>
<value2>
<value3>
<value4>
"NOSERVICE"
"GSM"
gsm_rssi
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
168
<sysmode>
<value1>
<value2>
<value3>
<value4>
"WCDMA"
wcdma_rssi
wcdma _rscp
wcdma_ecio
"LTE"
lte_rssi
lte_rsrp
lte_sinr
lte_rsrq
<gsm_rssi>, <wcdma_rssi>, <lte_rssi>: an integer indicating the received
signal strength. These parameters are available for GSM, WCDMA and LTE mode
respectively.
0
rssi < –120 dBm
1
–120 dBm ≤ rssi <–119 dBm
2
–119 dBm ≤ rssi <–118 dBm
…
94
–27 dBm ≤ rssi < –26 dBm
95
–26 dBm ≤ rssi < –25 dBm
96
–25 dBm ≤ rssi
255
unknown or undetectable
<wcdma_rscp>: an integer indicating the received signal code power. This parameter
is available for WCDMA mode.
0
rscp < –120 dBm
1
–120 dBm ≤ rscp < –119 dBm
2
–119 dBm ≤ rscp < –118 dBm
…
94
–27 dBm ≤ rscp < –26 dBm
95
–26 dBm ≤ rscp < –25 dBm
96
–25 dBm ≤ rscp
255
unknown or undetectable
<wcdma_ecio>: an integer indicating the downlink carrier-to-interference ratio. These
parameters are available for WCDMA.
0
Ec/Io < –32 dB
1
–32 dB ≤ Ec/Io < –31.5 dB
2
–31.5 dB ≤ Ec/Io < –31 dB
…
63
–1 dB ≤ Ec/Io < –0.5 dB
64
–0.5 dB ≤ Ec/Io < 0 dB
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
169
65
0 dB ≤ Ec/Io
255
unknown or undetectable
<lte_rsrp>: an integer indicating the reference signal received power (RSRP). This
parameter is available for LTE mode.
0
rsrp < –140 dBm
1
–140 dBm ≤ rsrp < – 139 dBm
2
–139 dBm ≤ rsrp < –138 dBm
…
95
–46 dBm ≤ rsrp < –45 dBm
96
–45 dBm ≤ rsrp < –44 dBm
97
–44 dBm ≤ rsrp
255
unknown or undetectable
<lte_sinr>: an integer indicating the signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR).
This parameter is available for LTE mode.
0
sinr < –20 dB
1
–20 dB ≤ sinr < –19.8 dB
2
–19.8 dB ≤ sinr < –19.6 dB
…
249
29.6 dB ≤ sinr < 29.8 dB
250
29.8 dB ≤ sinr < 30 dB
251
30 dB ≤ sinr
255
unknown or undetectable
<lte_rsrq>: an integer indicating the reference signal received quality (RSRQ) in
dB.
0
rsrq < –19.5 dB
1
–19.5 dB ≤ rsrq < –19 dB
2
–19 dB ≤ rsrq < –18.5 dB
…
32
–4 dB ≤ rsrq < –3.5 dB
33
–3.5 dB ≤ rsrq < –3 dB
34
–3 dB ≤ rsrq
255
unknown or undetectable
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
170
10.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
10.5.5 Example
Run:
AT^HCSQ=?
Response:
^HCSQ: "NOSERVICE","GSM","WCDMA","LTE"
OK
Run:
AT^HCSQ?
Response:
^HCSQ: "WCDMA",30,30,58
OK
10.6 ^SRVST–Service State Change Indication
10.6.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>^SRVST: <srv_status><CR><LF>
10.6.2 Interface Description
When the state of a service is changed, the MT uses this command to unsolicitedly
send the new service state to the TE.
10.6.3 Parameter Description
<srv_status>: indicates the system service status.
0
No services
1
Restricted services
2
Valid services
3
Restricted regional services
4
Power saving or hibernate state
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
171
10.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
10.6.5 Example
When sends AT+COPS set command to MT, the state of a service is changed, the MT
unsolicitedly sends this indication to the TE.
Run:
AT+COPS=1,2,"46009",0
Response:
^SRVST: 0
^MODE: 0,0
^RSSI: 99
^MODE: 3,3
^RSSI: 8
^SRVST: 1
^RSSI: 25
^SRVST: 2
OK
10.7 ^SIMST–SIM Card State Change Indication
10.7.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>^SIMST: <sim_state>[,<lock_state>]<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Network
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
172
10.7.2 Interface Description
When the state of the SIM card is changed, the MT uses this command to unsolicited
send the new state to the TE. Meanwhile, the indication also indicates whether the
SIM card is locked.
10.7.3 Parameter Description
<sim_state>: indicates the state of the SIM card.
0
Invalid SIM card.
1
Valid SIM card.
2
Invalid SIM card in CS domain.(not supported currently)
3
Invalid SIM card in PS domain. (not supported currently)
4
Invalid SIM card in PS domain and CS domain. (not supported
currently)
240
ROMSIM version. (not supported currently)
255
No SIM card is found. This value may be returned if the SIM card is not
inserted or it is locked by the CardLock feature. In this case, the actual
state of the SIM card is determined by <lock_state>.
<lock_state>: indicates whether the SIM card is locked by the CardLock feature.
0
SIM card is not locked by the CardLock feature.
1
SIM card is locked by the CardLock feature.
10.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
10.7.5 Example
Run:
AT+CPIN="1234"
Response:
OK
^SIMST: 1,0
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
173
11 Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
11.1 AT^WPDOM–Set Operation Mode
11.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPDOM=<mode>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^WPDOM?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDOM: <mode><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^WPDOM=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDOM: (list of supported
<mode>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
11.1.2 Interface Description
This command is used to set operation mode in the positioning process.
The set command is available before or after the session is positioned. Parameters
cannot be modified during the positioning process. Otherwise, an error message is
returned.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
174
11.1.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: operation mode. The default value is 5.
0
Standalone only. In this mode, no network assistance is required, and
an MS can be in or not in the network coverage area. This mode can be
used to position the session without SIM cards.
1
MSA. The MS-assisted positioning mode, which is one of Assisted
Global Positioning Systems (AGPS), is used here. The MS needs to
communicate with PDE or PDM upon each positioning, and the PDE or
PDM calculates position information. In this operation mode, the PDE
or PDM needs to be accessed, and network coverage is required.
5
MSB. The network needs to provide positioning assistance information,
and the MS calculates the position information.
11.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
11.1.5 Example
- Query the value range of operation mode:
Run:
AT^WPDOM=?
Response:
^WPDOM: (0,1,5)
OK
- Query the current operation mode:
Run:
AT^WPDOM?
Response:
^WPDOM: 5
OK
- Set the operation mode:
Run:
AT^WPDOM=0
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^WPDOM=1
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^WPDOM=5
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
175
11.2 AT^WPDST–Set Session Type
11.2.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPDST=<type>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^WPDST?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDST: <type><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^WPDST=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDST: (list of supported
<type>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
11.2.2 Interface Description
This command is used to set the session type of the positioning operation.
The set command is available before or after the session is positioned. Parameters
cannot be modified in the positioning process. Otherwise, an error message is
returned.
11.2.3 Parameter Description
<type>: session type. The default value is 1.
0
Provides a single positioning operation.
1
Provides tracing positioning. The positioning value is obtained using the
designated frequency. The positioning frequency is set by AT^WPDFR.
11.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
176
11.2.5 Example
- Query the value range of session type:
Run:
AT^WPDST=?
Response:
^WPDST: (0-1)
OK
- Query the current session type:
Run:
AT^WPDST?
Response:
^WPDST: 1
OK
- Set the session type:
Run:
AT^WPDST=0
Response:
OK
11.3 AT^WPDFR–Set Positioning Frequency
11.3.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPDFR=<num>,<time>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^WPDFR?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDFR: <num>,<time><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^WPDFR=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDFR: (list of supported <num>s),(list of supported
<time>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
177
11.3.2 Interface Description
This command is used to set the positioning frequency in the tracing positioning
session.
The set command is available before or after the session is positioned. Parameters
cannot be modified in the positioning process. Otherwise, an error message is
returned.
Note:
This command can be used to set the positioning frequency only after the session type is set to
tracing positioning by AT^WPDST.
11.3.3 Parameter Description
<num>: reported times of NMEA sentences including valid positioning information The
value ranges from 0 to 65535, and the default value is 0. 0 specified limitless
positioning.
<time>: time interval to report NMEA sentences. The time interval of this parameter
ranges from 1s to 1800s, and the default time interval is 1s.
Note:
On Linux system or systems like Linux, it is recommended to set <time> to be less than the SS
(Selective Suspend) time which is set by the system. This is to avoid the following situation that
may happen: because the system comes into the SS state, NEMA data cannot be reported to
the host during the GPS position. About that how to set the SS time on Linux system, please
refer to Guide to Kernel Driver Integration in Android for Huawei Modules V1.2.9 or later.
11.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
11.3.5 Example
- Query the value range of positioning frequency:
Run:
AT^WPDFR=?
Response:
^WPDFR: (0-65535),(1-1800)
OK
- Query the current positioning frequency:
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
178
Run:
AT^WPDFR?
Response:
^WPDFR: 0,1
OK
- Set the positioning frequency Failure
Run:
AT^WPDST=0
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^WPDFR=20,2
Response:
+CME ERROR: operation not supported
- Set the positioning frequency Success
Run:
AT^WPDST=1
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^WPDFR=20,2
Response:
OK
11.4 AT^WPURL–Set AGPS Server Address and Port on
the 3GPP Network
11.4.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPURL=<url>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^WPURL?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPURL: <url><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
11.4.2 Interface Description
The set command is used to set the address of the AGPS server on the 3GPP
network. The set command is available before or after the session is positioned.
Parameters cannot be modified in the positioning process. Otherwise, an error
message is returned.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
179
11.4.3 Parameter Description
<url>: address of the AGPS server in the 3GPP server. It is a URL address or an IP
address. (without quotation marks)
Note:
Port of the AGPS server is not allowed to be 0.
11.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
11.4.5 Example
Set the address of the AGPS server:
Run:
AT^WPURL=SUPL.GOOGLE.COM:7276
Set the address of the
AGPS server.
Response:
OK
11.5 AT^WPDIM–Delete Auxiliary Data
11.5.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPDIM=<mode>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^WPDIM=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^WPDIM: (list of supported
<mode>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
180
11.5.2 Interface Description
The set command is used to delete the auxiliary positioning data inside a module.
This command is available after the MGP search engine is closed. The deletion
operation cannot be performed when the MGP search engine is open.
11.5.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: deletion type.
0
Cold start, this option clears all data that is currently stored in the
internal memory of the GPS receiver including position, almanac,
ephemeris, and time.
1
Warm start, this option clears the ephemeris. The almanac is
retained.
2
Hot start, this option does not clear anything. The almanac and
ephemeris are retained.
3
GPSOneXTRA, this option clears the XTRA data. (not supported
currently)
4
PGPS, this option clears the PGPS data. (not supported currently)
11.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
11.5.5 Example
- Query the value range of delete auxiliary data mode:
Run:
AT^WPDIM=?
Response:
^WPDIM: (0-2)
OK
- Set the deletion mode:
Run:
AT^WPDIM=1
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
181
11.6 AT^WPDGP–Start Positioning Session
11.6.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPDGP
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
11.6.2 Interface Description
This command is used to enable the GPS function. Only one positioning operation is
allowed within the same period. When the GPS function is enabled, an error message
is returned if this command is set again.
11.6.3 Parameter Description
None
11.6.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
11.6.5 Example
- Set PD session failed:
Run:
AT^WPDGP
Response:
+CME ERROR: GPS function disabled
- Set PD session success:
Run:
AT^WPDGP
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: GPS
Service Interfaces
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
182
11.7 AT^WPEND–Terminate Positioning Process
11.7.1 Command Syntax
AT^WPEND
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
11.7.2 Interface Description
This command is used to end the GPS session. When no positioning session is
available or the positioning session is in off status, an error message is returned.
11.7.3 Parameter Description
None
11.7.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
11.7.5 Example
- Terminate the PD session successfully:
Run:
AT^WPEND
Response:
OK
- PD Session is not on going, Terminate Failure:
Run:
AT^WPEND
Response:
+CME ERROR: PD session is in off status
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: STK
Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
183
12 Huawei Proprietary Interface: STK
Interface
12.1 AT^STSF–Configure the Mode of STK
12.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^STSF=<Mode>[,<RawMode>]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
AT^STSF?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^STSF: <Mode>[,<RawMode>]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^STSF=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^STSF: (list of supported <Mode>s)[,(list of supported
<RawMode>s)]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
12.1.2 Interface Description
The set command is used to configure STK, including:
- Enable and disable the function of STK
- Set the mode of STK
The read command returns the current value of <Mode> and <RawMode> (if
supported this parameter).
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: STK
Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
184
The test command returns supported modes as a compound value and a list of
supported <RawMode> (if supported this parameter).
12.1.3 Parameter Description
<Mode>:
0
Disable STK
1
Enable STK
<RawMode>:
0
Raw data mode (not supported currently)
1
Common mode (not supported currently)
2
Standard raw data mode
Notes:
- Parameters of <Mode> are saved when MT is powered off. Parameters of <RawMode> are
not saved when MT is powered off.
- <RawMode> is a optional parameter. Some Huawei modules do not support this parameter.
When <RawMode> is in standard raw data mode, which indicates customers should comply
with the relative AT interface specification of STK in 3GPP TS 27.007 R11.
- <RawMode> has no fixed default value. Default value in different platforms may vary. If
modules use with the old dashboard that does not support STK modes conversion, the
default value is 1. If modules do not use with the old dashboard and support standard raw
data mode, the default value is 2.
12.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
12.1.5 Example
- Disable STK:
Run:
AT^STSF=0
Response:
OK
- Parameter setting error:
Run:
AT^STSF=3,0
Response:
ERROR
- Active STK and set STK to standard raw data mode:
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: STK
Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
185
Run:
AT^STSF=1,2
Response:
OK
12.2 AT^CUSATM–Query the Main Menu
12.2.1 Command Syntax
AT^CUSATM?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^CUSATM: <setup_menu><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
12.2.2 Interface Description
This command is used to query STK main menu information. After UICC sends the
proactive command "SETUP MENU" to MT, TE can use AT^CUSATM to query the
content of the proactive command "SETUP MENU". If UICC does not send the
proactive command "SET UP MENU" to MT, <setup_menu> is empty when TE query
the content of the proactive command "SETUP MENU".
12.2.3 Parameter Description
<setup_menu>: UICC proactive command, string type in hexadecimal character
format, consisting of the full BER-TLV data object (which is the proactive command
"SETUP MENU" sent by UICC) as defined in 3GPP TS 31.111, ETSI TS 102.221 and
ETSI TS 102.223 protocols.
12.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
Y
12.2.5 Example
Query the main menu:
Run:
AT^CUSATM?
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: STK
Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
186
Response:
^CUSATM:
"D0818A81030125008202818285118051687403901A005500
530049004D53618F0D01444953504C415920544558548F0A0
247455420494E4B45598F0A0347455420494E5055548F0A04
4D4F52452054494D458F0A05504C415920544F4E458F0E065
04F4C4C20494E54455256414C8F0807524546524553488F13
0853454E442053484F5254204D455353414745"
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Tunable
Antenna Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
187
13 Huawei Proprietary Interface: Tunable
Antenna Interface
13.1 AT^ANTENCFG–Set Tunable Antenna
13.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^ANTENCFG=<mode>,<pattern>[,<band>[,<pattern>,<band>[…]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^ANTENCFG?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^ANTENCFG: <CR><LF><mode>:
<pattern>,<band>[,<pattern>,<band>[...]][[<CR><LF><mode>:
<pattern>,<band>[,<pattern>,<band>[...]]][…]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<C
R><LF>
AT^ANTENCFG=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^ANTENCFG: (list of supported<mode>s),(list of supported
<pattern>s),(list of supported <band>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
13.1.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the antenna tuner configuration for each band of every mode.
The read command queries the antenna tuner configuration of each band of all
modes.
The test command queries the parameter values supported by the command.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Tunable
Antenna Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
188
13.1.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: the mode of network.
0
GSM
1
WCDMA
3
LTE
<pattern>: the configuration of antenna tuner. Pattern bit field, 8-bit digit with
hexadecimal. A binary bit indicates a ANTCTL pin.
Bit[4-7]
Bit[3]
Bit[2]
Bit[1]
Bit[0]
reserved
ANTCTL3
ANTCTL2
ANTCTL1
ANTCTL0
0
Low Level
1
High Level
<band>: band bit field, 64-bit digit with hexadecimal. A binary bit indicates a
frequency band. The value of binary bit is shown in the following table
Table 13-1 The value of <band> when <mode>=0
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
GSM850
0000000000000002
GSM900
0000000000000004
GSM1800
0000000000000008
GSM1900
…
…
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
Table 13-2 The value of <band> when <mode>=1
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
WCDMA_I_IMT_2100
0000000000000002
WCDMA_II_PCS_1900
0000000000000004
WCDMA_III_1700
0000000000000008
WCDMA_IV_1700
0000000000000010
WCDMA_V_850
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Tunable
Antenna Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
189
Parameters
Band
0000000000000020
WCDMA_VI_800
0000000000000040
WCDMA_VII_2600
0000000000000080
WCDMA_VIII_900
0000000000000100
WCDMA_IX_1700
0000000000000200
WCDMA_X
0000000000000400
WCDMA_XI
0000000000000800
WCDMA_XII
0000000000001000
WCDMA_XIII
0000000000002000
WCDMA_XIV
0000000000004000
WCDMA_XV
0000000000008000
WCDMA_XVI
0000000000010000
WCDMA_XVII
0000000000020000
WCDMA_XVIII
0000000000040000
WCDMA_XIX
…
…
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
Table 13-3 The value of <band> when <mode>=3
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
band 1
0000000000000002
band 2
0000000000000004
band 3
0000000000000008
band 4
0000000000000010
band 5
0000000000000020
band 6
0000000000000040
band 7
0000000000000080
band 8
0000000000000100
band 9
0000000000000200
band 10
0000000000000400
band 11
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Tunable
Antenna Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
190
Parameters
Band
0000000000000800
band 12
0000000000001000
band 13
0000000000002000
band 14
0000000000004000
band 15
0000000000008000
band 16
0000000000010000
band 17
0000000000020000
band 18
0000000000040000
band 19
0000000000080000
band 20
…
…
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
[,<band>[,<pattern>,<band>]…]: Indicates that select all supported bands when
all parameters are default. One <pattern> is set according to <band> in the same
group.
Note:
On the ME936 module, the parameter can set several groups (less or equal to nine groups) of
pattern at one time.
13.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
13.1.5 Example
Run:
AT^ANTENCFG=?
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Tunable
Antenna Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
191
Response:
^ANTENCFG:
(0,1,3),(0-15),(000000000000000F
,000000000000009B,00000000000910
DF)
OK
Indicate that the
module supports
GSM , WCDMA and
LTE. The pattern is
from 0 to 15. The
module supports GSM
4 bands, WCDMA
BC1, BC2, BC4, BC5,
BC8, and LTE band1,
band2, band3, band4,
band5, band7, band8,
band13, band17 and
band20.
Run:
AT^ANTENCFG=0,1,2,2,4
Set the antenna tuner
configuration of
GSM900 to be 1 and
GSM1800 to be 2.
Response:
OK
Run:
AT^ANTENCFG?
Response:
^ANTENCFG:
0:0,0000000000000009,1,000000000
0000002,2,0000000000000004
1:0,000000000000009B
3:0,00000000000910DF
OK
Indicate that the
current configuration of
GSM900 is 1,
GSM1800 is 2, and
other bands are 0.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
192
14 Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
14.1 AT+XTSM–Set Thermal Sensor with the Threshold
14.1.1 Command Syntax
AT+XTSM=<temp_sensor_id>[,<AlarmID>[,[<TripPointTemp>,<Hystere
sis>][,<sampling_period>]]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+XTSM=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+XTSM: (list of supported <temp_sensor_id>s),(list of supported
<AlarmId>s),(list of supported <TripPointTemp>s),(list of supported
<Hysteresis>s),(list of supported
<sampling_period>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
14.1.2 Interface Description
This command configures thermal sensors with the threshold break points.
The set command enables or disables the alarms for particular sensor.
The test command returns the possible values of thermal sensor monitoring option,
alarm ID range for trip point, hysteresis and sampling period.
14.1.3 Parameter Description
<temp_sensor_id>: temperature sensor ID. Currently only RF sensor is supported.
0
RF sensor
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
193
<AlarmID>: alarm ID value, ranging from 1 to 10.
<TripPointTemp>: minimum value is 0 and maximum value is 119000 in MilliDegC.
The actual temperature is <TripPointTemp> minus 20000 MilliDegC. For example,
when <TripPointTemp> is 0, the actual temperature is -20000 MilliDegC, and also
the <TripPointTemp> 119000 is corresponding to 99000 MilliDegC.
<Hysteresis>: minimum value is 100, maximum value is 99000 in MiliDegC.
<Hysteresis> can be used only with <TripPointTemp>.
<sampling_period>: polling interval in millisecond, minimum value is 1000,
maximum value is 4294967293.
14.1.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
14.1.5 Example
Run:
AT+XTSM=0,1,50000,3000,2000
Set the alarm ID,
tripPointTemp value,
hysteresis value, and
sampling period
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+XTSM=?
Test the available value
ranges of these
parameters
Response:
+XTSM:
0,(1-10),(0-119000),(100-99000),(1000-4294967293)
OK
Run:
AT+XTSM=0,3,76000,5000
Set the alarm ID,
tripPointTemp value, and
hysteresis value
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+XTSM=0,10,,30000
Set the sampling period
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+XTSM=0,10
Delete one alarm
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+XTSM=0
Delete all alarms
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
194
14.2 +XTS–Unsolicitedly Present of the Threshold
Reached
14.2.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>+XTS:
<temp_sensor_id>,<AlarmId>,<OnOff>,<Temp><CR><LF>
14.2.2 Interface Description
The URC will be displayed if the threshold is crossed and it gets enabled if user has
set any alarm.
14.2.3 Parameter Description
<temp_sensor_id>: temperature sensor ID. Currently only RF sensor is supported.
0
RF sensor
<AlarmID>: alarm ID value, ranging from 1 to 10.
<OnOff>:
1
When temperature is rising and it crosses trip point temperature.
0
When it goes below (trip point temperature minus hysteresis).
<Temp>: current temperature value in MiliDegC.
14.2.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
14.2.5 Example
Run:
AT+XTSM=0,1,50000,3000,
2000
Set the alarm ID, tripPointTemp
value, hysteresis value, and
sampling period
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
195
Response:
+XTS: 0,1,1,31000
MT will unsolicitedly report when
the temperature rises to 31°C
from the temperature that is
lower than 30°C.
Response:
+XTS: 0,1,0,26500
MT will unsolicitedly report when
the temperature drops to 26.5°C
from the temperature that is
higher than 30°C.
14.3 AT+XTAMR–Query the Current Temperature of a
Thermal Sensor
14.3.1 Command Syntax
AT+XTAMR=<temp_sensor_id>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+XTAMR:
<temp_sensor_id>,<temp><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
14.3.2 Interface Description
This command returns the current temperature value of particular thermal sensor.
14.3.3 Parameter Description
<temp_sensor_id>: temperature sensor ID. Currently only RF sensor is supported.
0
RF sensor
<temp>: current temperature value in MiliDegC.
14.3.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
N
14.3.5 Example
Run:
AT+XTAMR=0
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
196
Response:
+XTAMR: 0,40000
OK
The current temperature of RF
sensor is 40°C .
14.4 AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO–Query Adaptive Clock
Frequency Info
14.4.1 Command Syntax
AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO=<n>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+XADPCLKFREQINFO: <n><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>+XADPCLKFREQINFO:
<centFreq>,<freqSpread>,<noisePower>[;<centFreq>,<freqSpread>
,<noisePower>[…]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
14.4.2 Interface Description
This command returns the list of frequency information structures. The frequency
information includes the center frequency of the channel number, frequency spread of
the channel number and the noise power referred at antenna.
The set command enables or disables the +XADPCLKFREQINFO URC.
The read command reads the status of enabling/disabling the +XADPCLKFREQINFO
URC.
The test command returns the list of available frequency information. The test
command can be used only after running AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO=1.
14.4.3 Parameter Description
<n>:
0
Disable the +XADPCLKFREQINFO URC (default value)
1
Enable the +XADPCLKFREQINFO URC
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
197
<centFreq>:the center frequency of the channel number in Hz. This is host receiver
channel frequency.
<freqSpread>: the frequency spread of the channel number in Hz. This is host
receiver channel frequency spread.
<noisePower>: the noise power referred at antenna in dBm, at the reported center
frequency, and integrated over a bandwidth equal to reported frequency spread. This
value shall be zeroed if not used.
14.4.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
14.4.5 Example
Run:
AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO?
Read the status of
enabling/disabling the
+XADPCLKFREQINFO URC.
Response:
+XADPCLKFREQINFO: 0
OK
Run:
AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO=1
Enable the
+XADPCLKFREQINFO URC.
Response:
OK
Run:
AT+XADPCLKFREQINFO=?
Query the list of frequency
information available:
centFreq, freqSpread, and
noisePower.
Response:
+XADPCLKFREQINFO: 21476000,5000000,0
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: M.2
Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
198
14.5 +XADPCLKFREQINFO–Unsolicitedly Present of
Adaptive Clock Frequency Info
14.5.1 Command Syntax
URC
<CR><LF>+XADPCLKFREQINFO:
<centFreq>,<freqSpread>,<noisePower>[[;<centFreq>,<freqSpread>
,<noisePower>][…]]<CR><LF>
14.5.2 Interface Description
The URC displays the adaptive clock frequency information.
14.5.3 Parameter Description
<centFreq>: the center frequency of the channel number in Hz. This is host receiver
channel frequency.
<freqSpread>: the frequency spread of the channel number in Hz. This is host
receiver channel frequency spread.
<noisePower>: the noise power referred at antenna in dBm, at the reported center
frequency, and integrated over a bandwidth equal to reported frequency spread. This
value shall be zeroed if not used.
14.5.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
NA
NA
14.5.5 Example
Response:
+XADPCLKFREQINFO:
21476000,5000000,0
Unsolicitedly report the
frequency information:
centFreq, freqSpread, and
noisePower.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
199
15 Huawei Proprietary Interface:
Customer Production Line Tests Interface
15.1 AT^TMODE–Set the Operating Mode
15.1.1 Command Syntax
AT^TMODE=<test_mode>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^TMODE?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^TMODE:<status><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^TMODE=?
<CR><LF>^TMODE:<test_mode><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
15.1.2 Interface Description
This command specifies or reads the test mode of an MT.
15.1.3 Parameter Description
<test_mode>: test mode.
0
Signaling mode. A module can change from mode 0 to mode 1.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
200
1
Non-signaling mode, performing RF-related non-signaling control.
(In non-signaling mode, RF circuits on the module are disabled by
default.)
3
Restart mode, instructing the module to perform a soft reset.
<status>: module switching status.
0
Switching is in progress.
1
Switching is complete.
Note:
After this command sets the module to the non-signaling mode, the module must be changed
back to the signaling mode after the non-signaling test is complete. Otherwise, the module may
fail to register.
15.2 AT^FCHAN–Set Non-signaling Channels
15.2.1 Command Syntax
AT^FCHAN=<mode>,<band_switch>,<channel>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^FCHAN?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^FCHAN:<mode>,<band_switch>,<ul channel>,<dl
channel><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
15.2.2 Interface Description
This command sets the uplink/downlink channel for a specific frequency band in
debugging state. After the setting, the module automatically sets the uplink/downlink
channel accordingly. This command is used in non-signaling mode (AT^TMODE=1)
and returns the error code 0 in other modes.This command takes effect once only.
The settings by the command will not be reserved upon a soft or hard reset, that is,
will not be saved upon a power-off.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
201
15.2.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: mode.
0
WCDMA
3
GSM
6
FDD LTE
<band_switch>: frequency band. For details, see 16.5 Mapping Between Operating
Bands and band_switch Values.
<channel>: specific channel number (any channel number in the uplink/downlink,
ranging from 0 to 65535).
<ul channel>: uplink channel (if the uplink reporting is required as the downlink
reporting is).
<dl channel>: uplink channel (if the downlink reporting is required as the uplink
reporting is).
15.3 AT^TSELRF–Select RF Channel
15.3.1 Command Syntax
AT^TSELRF=<path>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^TSELRF?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^TSELRF:<number><CR><LF><CR><LF>^TSELRF:<path><CR><L
F>[…]<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
15.3.2 Interface Description
This command sets the RF channel for a module. It takes effect once only. The
settings by the command will not be reserved upon a soft or hard reset, that is, will not
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
202
be saved upon a power-off. This command is used in non-signaling mode
(AT^TMODE=1).
15.3.3 Parameter Description
<path>: specific RF channel number, ranging from 0 to 255.
0
All channels
1
GSM channel (including EDGE/GPRS/EGSM channel collections)
2
WCDMA main channel
3
WCDMA diversity receive channels (In diversity mode, the transmit
channel is the main channel and the receive channel is the diversity
receive channel. The same below.)
9
FDD-LTE main channel
10
FDD-LTE diversity channel
11
FDD-LTE MIMO
<number>: total number of channels supported by the product.
15.3.4 Example
Run:
AT^TSELRF?
Response:
^TSELRF:7
^TSELRF:0
^TSELRF:1
^TSELRF:2
^TSELRF:3
^TSELRF:9
^TSELRF:10
^TSELRF:11
OK
Run:
AT^TSELRF=1
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
203
15.4 AT^FRXON–Enable a Receiver in Non-signaling
Mode
15.4.1 Command Syntax
AT^FRXON=<switch>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^FRXON?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^FRXON:<switch><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
15.4.2 Interface Description
This command enables or disables a receiver in debugging state. If the product does
not support the command, OK is returned. This command is used in non-signaling
mode (AT^TMODE=1) and returns the error code 0 in other modes. This command
needs to be executed after the non-signaling channel is set (AT^FCHAN). This
command takes effect once only. The settings by the command will not be reserved
upon a soft or hard reset, that is, will not be saved upon a power-off.
15.4.3 Parameter Description
<switch>: enabled/disabled status of a receiver.
0
Disable the receiver.
1
Enable the receiver.
15.5 AT^FLNA–Set the LNA Level of a Receiver
15.5.1 Command Syntax
AT^FLNA=<level>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
204
AT^FLNA?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^FLNA:<level><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
AT^FLNA=?
<CR><LF>^FLNA:<total level>[,<support
level>,...]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
15.5.2 Interface Description
This command sets the LNA level for a receiver at a frequency band in debugging
state. If the product does not support the command, OK is returned. This command is
used in non-signaling mode (AT^TMODE=1) and returns the error code 0 in other
modes. This command needs to be executed after the non-signaling channel is set
(AT^FCHAN). It is used for testing receivers in system tests. This command takes
effect once only. The settings by the command will not be reserved upon a soft or hard
reset, that is, will not be saved upon a power-off.
15.5.3 Parameter Description
<level>: LNA level, a one-byte string, ranging from 0 to 255. 0 indicates the highest
gain level.
<total level>: total number of receiver gain levels.
<support level>: gain levels supported (all supported gain levels are displayed,
with commas separated in an ascending order of numerals).
15.6 AT^FRSSI–Obtain the Current Channel RSSI
15.6.1 Command Syntax
AT^FRSSI?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^FRSSI:<rvalue><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
15.6.2 Interface Description
This command reads the RSSI value in debugging mode, with no need for an
SIM/USIM card. It must be executed after the command AT^FCHAN is run. If the
product does not support the command, OK is returned. This command is used in
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
205
non-signaling mode (AT^TMODE=1) and returns the error code 0 in other modes. This
command needs to be executed after the non-signaling channel is set (AT^FCHAN)
and command AT^FRXON is set. This command takes effect once only. The settings
by the command will not be reserved upon a soft or hard reset, that is, will not be
saved upon a power-off.
15.6.3 Parameter Description
<rvalue>: read RSSI value, represented by a positive value (receiver signals are all
low-power signals, although positive RSSI values have no application scenarios for
actual network signals), accurate to 0.1 dBm customized value. If the current RSSI is
–85.1 dBm, the value range is 851.
15.7 AT^FWAVE–Set the Waveform in Non-signaling
Mode
15.7.1 Command Syntax
AT^FWAVE=<type>,<amplitue_dbm_percent>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
15.7.2 Interface Description
It generates signals with the specified waveform in non-signaling mode. If the product
does not support the command, an error is returned. AT^FCHAN is run to set the
frequency point. This command takes effect once only. The settings by the command
will not be reserved upon a soft or hard reset, that is, will not be saved upon a
power-off.
15.7.3 Parameter Description
<type>: type of the radiated waveform.
0
Continuous wave (monophonic)
1
WCDMA modulation signal
2
GSM modulation signal
3
EDGE modulation signal
5
LTE modulation signal
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
206
<amplitude_dbm_percent>: power of the radiated waveform, in a unit of 0.01. For
10 dBm transmit power, the parameter value is 1000.
15.8 AT^FTXON–Enable the Transmitter in Non-signaling
Mode
15.8.1 Command Syntax
AT^FTXON=<switch>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^FTXON?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^FTXON:<switch><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
15.8.2 Interface Description
This command enables/disables a transmitter in non-signaling mode. If the product
does not support the command, OK is returned. This command is used in
non-signaling mode (AT^TMODE=1) and returns the error code 0 in other modes. This
command needs to be executed after the non-signaling channel is set (AT^FCHAN).
This command takes effect once only. The settings by the command will not be
reserved upon a soft or hard reset, that is, will not be saved upon a power-off.
15.8.3 Parameter Description
<switch>: enabled/disabled status of a transmitter.
0
Disable the transmitter
1
Enable the transmitter
15.9 AT^GNSSCNO–Request GPS CN0
15.9.1 Command Syntax
AT^GNSSCNO
Possible Response(s)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
207
<CR><LF>^GNSSCNO: <svs>,<cno>[<CR><LF>^GNSSCNO:
<svs>,<cno>[...]]<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
15.9.2 Interface Description
This command is used to query satellites' CNR (Carrier-to-Noise Ratio) and their
corresponding numbers during the GPS positioning.
15.9.3 Parameter Description
<svs>: satellite numbers, which identify the positioning systems.
0–32
GPS
33–64
SBAS
64–96
Glonass
<cno>: GPS CNR; the valid value is a positive number and the unit is 1 db.
15.9.4 Example
1. If no satellites are searched:
Run:
AT^GNSSCNO
Response:
OK
2. If satellites are searched:
Run:
AT^GNSSCNO
Response:
^GNSSCNO: 20,25
^GNSSCNO: 24,27
OK
15.10 AT^PWRCFG–Configure the Maximum Tx Power
15.10.1 Command Syntax
AT^PWRCFG=<mode>,<pdm>[,<band>[,<pdm>,<band>][…]]
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^PWRCFG?
Possible Response(s)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
208
<CR><LF>^PWRCFG: list of (<CR><LF><mode>:
(<pdm>,<band>)s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^PWRCFG=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^PWRCFG: list of supported (<CR><LF><mode>,list of supported
<pdm>,list of supported <band>)s<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
15.10.2 Interface Description
This interface is used to set and query the maximum Tx power of each band.
The set command sets the maximum Tx power for each band. These setting values
are saved upon power-off and take effect after reset. Whether they are backed up and
recovered during the upgrade or not depends on customer requirements. The default
is not backed up and recovered.
The read command queries the current maximum Tx power of each band.
The test command returns the supported parameter values.
There will be Tx power backoff in GPRS and EDGE for each band time-slot. For
details, please refer to the product’s AT command interface specification.
15.10.3 Parameter Description
<mode>: an integer value that indicates the network mode.
0
GSM
1
WCDMA
2
CDMA (not supported currently)
3
LTE
4
TDSCDMA (not supported currently)
<pdm>: the maximum Tx power. The unit is 0.1 dbm, and the range is from x to y. X
means the minimum value among all bands' maximum Tx power defined by the
product specifications, and y means the maximum value. In fact, the range of
maximum Tx power may be different between different platforms and bands. For
details, please refer to the product’s AT command interface specification. If <pdm> is
not specified, the default value returned is the maximum Tx power defined by the
product specifications.
<band>: band bit field, 64-bit digit with hexadecimal. A binary bit indicates a frequency
band. The value of binary bit is shown in the following tables (or parameter
superimposed values except FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF), which is related to the <mode>
value.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
209
Table 15-1 <mode>=0 (GSM)
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
GPRS 850
0000000000000002
GPRS 900
0000000000000004
GPRS 1800
0000000000000008
GPRS 1900
0000000000010000
EDGE 850
0000000000020000
EDGE 900
0000000000040000
EDGE 1800
0000000000080000
EDGE 1900
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
Table 15-2 <mode>=1 (WCDMA)
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
WCDMA_I_IMT_2000
0000000000000002
WCDMA_II_PCS_1900
0000000000000004
WCDMA_III_1700
0000000000000008
WCDMA_IV_1700
0000000000000010
WCDMA_V_850
0000000000000020
WCDMA_VI_800
0000000000000040
WCDMA_VII_2600
0000000000000080
WCDMA_VIII_900
0000000000000100
WCDMA_IX_1700
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
Table 15-3 <mode>=2 (CDMA)
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
BC0 A
0000000000000002
BC0 B
0000000000000004
BC1
0000000000000008
BC2
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
210
Parameters
Band
0000000000000010
BC3
0000000000000020
BC4
0000000000000040
BC5
0000000000000080
BC6
0000000000000100
BC7
0000000000000200
BC8
0000000000000400
BC9
0000000000000800
BC10
0000000000001000
BC11
0000000000002000
BC12
0000000000004000
BC13
0000000000008000
BC14
0000000000010000
BC15
0000000000020000
BC16
0000000000040000
BC17
0000000000080000
BC18
0000000000100000
BC19
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
Table 15-4 <mode>=3 (LTE)
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
band 1
0000000000000002
band 2
0000000000000004
band 3
0000000000000008
band 4
0000000000000010
band 5
0000000000000020
band 6
0000000000000040
band 7
0000000000000080
band 8
0000000000000100
band 9
0000000000000200
band 10
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
211
Parameters
Band
0000000000000400
band 11
0000000000000800
band 12
0000000000001000
band 13
0000000000002000
band 14
0000000000004000
band 15
0000000000008000
band 16
0000000000010000
band 17
0000000000020000
band 18
0000000000040000
band 19
0000000000080000
band 20
0000000000100000
band 21
0000000000200000
band 22
0000000000400000
band 23
0000000000800000
band 24
0000000001000000
band 25
0000000002000000
band 26
0000000004000000
band 27
0000000008000000
band 28
0000000010000000
band 29
0000000020000000
band 30
0000000040000000
band 31
0000000080000000
band 32
0000000100000000
band 33
0000000200000000
band 34
0000000400000000
band 35
0000000800000000
band 36
0000001000000000
band 37
0000002000000000
band 38
0000004000000000
band 39
0000008000000000
band 40
0000010000000000
band 41
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
212
Parameters
Band
0000020000000000
band 42
0000040000000000
band 43
0000080000000000
band 44
0000100000000000
band 45
0000200000000000
band 46
0000400000000000
band 47
0000800000000000
band 48
0001000000000000
band 49
0002000000000000
band 50
0004000000000000
band 51
0008000000000000
band 52
0010000000000000
band 53
0020000000000000
band 54
0040000000000000
band 55
0080000000000000
band 56
0100000000000000
band 57
0200000000000000
band 58
0400000000000000
band 59
0800000000000000
band 60
1000000000000000
band 61
2000000000000000
band 62
4000000000000000
band 63
8000000000000000
band 64
FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
All supported bands
Table 15-5 <mode>=4 (TDSCDMA)
Parameters
Band
0000000000000001
band A
0000000000000002
band B
0000000000000004
band C
0000000000000008
band D
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
213
Parameters
Band
0000000000000010
band E
0000000000000020
band F
[,<band>[,<pdm>,<band>]……]: indicates that select all supported bands when
these parameters are not specified. The parameter can set several groups of power at
one time. One <pdm> is set according to <band> in the same group. The number of
groups which can be supported is different between different platforms.
15.10.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
15.10.5 Example
- Set the maximum Tx power of all GSM bands to be 33 dbm:
Run:
AT^PWRCFG=0,330
Response:
OK
- Set the maximum Tx power of WCDMA Band I, Band II and Band IV to be 24 dbm,
WCDMA Band V and Band VIII to be 24.5 dbm:
Run:
AT^PWRCFG=1,240,000000000000000B,245,0000000000000
090
Response:
OK
- Query the current maximum Tx power of each band:
Run:
AT^PWRCFG?
Response:
^PWRCFG:
0: 330,FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
1:
240,000000000000000B,245,
0000000000000090
3: 230,FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
OK
Indicates that the maximum Tx
power of all GSM bands is 33
dbm; WCDMA Band I, Band II
and Band IV is 24 dbm;
WCDMA Band V and Band VIII
is 24.5 dbm; LTE bands is 23
dbm.
- Query the supported parameter values:
Run:
AT^PWRCFG=?
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
214
Response:
^PWRCFG:
0,(260-335),00000000000F0
00F
1,(235-250),0000000000000
09B
3,(230-250),0000000000091
0DF
OK
Indicates that the product
supports GSM, WCDMA and
LTE network. The range of
GSM Tx power is from 26 dbm
to 33.5 dbm. The range of
WCDMA Tx power is from 23.5
dbm to 25 dbm. The range of
LTE Tx power is from 23 dbm
to 25 dbm. The supported
GSM bands are GPRS 850,
GPRS 900, GPRS1800,
GPRS1900, EDGE850,
EDGE900, EDGE1800 and
EDGE1900. The supported
WCDMA bands are Band I,
Band II, Band IV, Band V and
Band VIII. The supported LTE
bands are Band 1, Band 2,
Band3,Band 4, Band 5 and
Band 7,Band 8,Band 13,Band
17,Band 20.
15.11 AT^PWRCFGON–Enable the Maximum Tx Power
Configuration
15.11.1 Command Syntax
AT^PWRCFGON=<op>
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^PWRCFGON?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^PWRCFGON: <status><CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^PWRCFGON=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^PWRCFGON: list of supported
(<op>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
215
15.11.2 Interface Description
This interface is used to enable the function of manually configuring the maximum Tx
power. The setting value is saved upon power-off, but not backed up and recovered
during the upgrade.
The read command queries the current status of the maximum Tx power configuration
function.
The test command returns the supported parameter values.
15.11.3 Parameter Description
<op>:
0
Disable the function of manually configuring the maximum Tx power.
1
Enable the function of manually configuring the maximum Tx power.
<status>:
0
The function that manually configures the maximum Tx power is
disabled.
1
The function that manually configures the maximum Tx power is
enabled.
15.11.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
Y
N
15.11.5 Example
Enable the maximum Tx power configuration function:
Run:
AT^PWRCFGON=1
Response:
OK
15.12 AT^ANTMODE–Set Operation Mode of Main and
AUX Antennas
15.12.1 Command Syntax
AT^ANTMODE=<ant_mode>[,<nw_mode>]
Possible Response(s)
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
216
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^ANTMODE?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^ANTMODE: <ant_mode>,<nw_mode><CR><LF>[^ANTMODE:
<ant_mode>,<nw_mode><CR><LF>][...]<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
AT^ANTMODE=?
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>^ANTMODE: (list of supported <ant_mode>s),(list of supported
<nw_mode>s)<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
15.12.2 Interface Description
The set command sets the operation mode of main and AUX antennas on different
networks.
The read command queries the current operation mode of main and AUX antennas on
different networks.
The test command returns the list of operation modes of main and AUX antennas
supported by the module.
15.12.3 Parameter Description
<ant_mode>: the operation mode of main and AUX antennas.
0
The main and AUX antennas are all enabled. (default value)
1
The main antenna is enabled.
2
The AUX antenna is enabled.
<nw_mode>: the network. If the parameter is not specified, it equals to <nw_mode>=0.
0
All networks (default value)
2
WCDMA
3
LTE
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
217
Note:
When testing the AUX antenna on the WCDMA network, the parameter <ant_mode> should be
set to 2. It is the limitation of the ME936.
15.12.4 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
15.12.5 Example
Enable the main antenna and all networks
Run:
AT^ANTMODE=1,0
Response:
OK
15.13 AT^CUSTNVCLR–Clear Customer Nonvolatile
Value
15.13.1 Command Syntax
AT^CUSTNVCLR
Possible Response(s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
In case of an MT-related error:
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
15.13.2 Interface Description
This command sets the firmware to clear the customer nonvolatile value. After the
firmware clears the customer nonvolatile value, the firmware will restart and restore to
the factory default value.
Customers can restore the nonvolatile values to the value range allowed by
AT^CUSTNVCLR via the following commands:
AT command
Function
Field
AT^ANTENCFG
Tunable antenna
Platform
AT^BODYSARWCDMA
bodySAR-WCDMA
Platform
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Huawei Proprietary Interface: Customer
Production Line Tests Interface
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
218
AT command
Function
Field
AT^BODYSARGSM
bodySAR-GSM
Platform
AT^BODYSARLTE
bodySAR-LTE
Platform
AT^WAKEUPCFG
Power management
Platform
AT^PWRCFGON
Switch for Max. Tx. power
Platform
AT^PWRCFG
Configuration for Max. Tx.
power
Platform
AT^MTCAUTOSEL
Multi carrier
Platform
AT^SETPORT
USB Port
Platform
AT^WPDOM
GPS
protocol
AT^WPURL
GPS
protocol
15.13.3 Property Description
Saving upon Power-off
PIN
N
N
15.13.4 Example
Restore the customer nonvolatile value to the factory default value:
Run:
AT^CUSTNVCLR
Response:
OK
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
219
16 Appendix
16.1 List of URC Commands
URC
Function
+CLIP
CLIP notifications
+CCWA
Call waiting notifications
+CRING
Indicate incoming call
+CSSI
Supplementary service notifications
+CSSU
Supplementary service notifications
+CUSD
Unsolicitedly report USSD of network
+CMTI
New SMS-DELIVER indication
+CMT
New message directly deliver indication
+CDSI
New SMS status report indication
+CDS
SMS status report indication directly displayed
+CUSATP
Unsolicitedly report a UICC proactive command
+CUSATEND
Unsolicitedly report of terminating a UICC proactive command
session
^ORIG
Indicate the origination of a call
^CONF
Ringback tone indication
^CONN
Call connection indication
^CEND
Call end indication
^SMMEMFULL
Message memory full
^IPSTATE
Indicate TCP/UDP data link state
^TIMESETRULT
Notify XTRA time injection
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
220
URC
Function
^DATASETRULT
Notify XTRA data injection
^XDSTATUS
Notify XTRA data status
^POSITION
Notify positioning result
^POSEND
Report positioning end information
^WNINV
Notify NI positioning
+CREG
Notify the current registration status
+CGREG
Notify PS Domain Registration Status
^RFSWITCH
Report the RFSWITCH State
+XADPCLKFREQI
NFO
Unsolicitedly Present of Adaptive Clock Frequency Info
^SIMST
SIM Card State Change Indication
^DSDORMANT
Dormant State Indication (CDMA only)
^HWNAT
Indicate Network Mode Change
^IPDATA
Notificate Arrival Data
^SRVST
Service State Change Indication
^THERM
Thermal Protection Activated Unsolicited Report
^HCSQ
Report system mode and Signal Strength
^HCMT
Report a New Short Message (CDMA only)
^HCDS
Report a New Status Report Short Message (CDMA only)
^HCMGSS
Report Successful Short Message Sending (text mode)
(CDMA only)
^HCMGSF
Report Short Message Sending Failure (CDMA only)
^HCMGS
Unsolicitedly Present of Successfully Sending a Short
Message (PDU mode) (CDMA only)
^FOTASTATE
Report the FOTA Status
^FWLSTATE
Report the Upgrade Status
SYSSTART
Unsolicitedly report module startup (Only for the HUAWEI
specified client)
^NWTIME
Unsolicitedly report network system time (Only for the
HUAWEI specified client)
^RSSI
RSSI or System Mode Change Indication (be replaced by the
URC "^HCSQ")
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
221
URC
Function
^MODE
RSSI or System Mode Change Indication (be replaced by the
URC "^HCSQ")
^RSSILVL
RSSI or System Mode Change Indication (be replaced by the
URC "^HCSQ")
^HRSSILVL
RSSI or System Mode Change Indication (be replaced by the
URC "^HCSQ")
^HDRRSSI
RSSI or System Mode Change Indication (be replaced by the
URC "^HCSQ")
^CRSSI
RSSI or System Mode Change Indication (be replaced by the
URC "^HCSQ")
+CEREG
Notify the current LTE registration status
^ANLEVEL
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^WPDCP
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^NDISEND
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^OTACMSG
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^NDISSTAT
Unsolicited Report of Connection Status
^LOCCHD
Unsolicited Report of Connection Status (Only for the
HUAWEI specified client)
^DATAVALIDITY
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^WPDDL
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^BOOT
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^STIN
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^ECLSTAT
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^CSNR
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^SIMFILEREFRES
H
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^WPDOP
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^DSFLOWRPT
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^ECCLIST
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
^ACTIVEBAND
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
+CTZV
Notify the time zone is changed
^EARST
(Only for the HUAWEI specified client)
+CBMI
New CBM indication
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
222
URC
Function
+CBM
New CBM directly deliver indication
^ERRRPT
Specified error code indication (Only for the HUAWEI
specified client)
+XTS
Unsolicitedly Present of the Threshold Reached
16.2 General CME Error List
The following describes the mapping between numeric mode and verbose mode.
Table 16-1 General "CME ERROR" Codes
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
0
phone failure
1
no connection to phone
2
phone adaptor link reserved
3
operation not allowed
4
operation not supported
5
PH-SIM PIN required
6
PH-FSIM PIN required
7
PH-FSIM PUK required
10
SIM not inserted(not supported currently. If no SIM is
inserted, return SIM failure)
11
SIM PIN required
12
SIM PUK required
13
SIM failure
14
SIM busy
15
SIM wrong
16
incorrect password
17
SIM PIN2 required
18
SIM PUK2 required
20
memory full
21
invalid index
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
223
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
22
not found
23
memory failure
24
text string too long
25
invalid characters in text string
26
dial string too long
27
invalid characters in dial string
30
no network service
31
network timeout
32
network not allowed - emergency calls only
40
network personalization PIN required
41
network personalization PUK required
42
network subset personalization PIN required
43
network subset personalization PUK required
44
service provider personalization PIN required
45
service provider personalization PUK required
46
corporate personalization PIN required
47
corporate personalization PUK required
48
hidden key required
49
EAP method not supported
50
Incorrect parameters
51
Parameter length error for all Auth commands
52
Temporary error for all auth cmds
100
unknown
103
Illegal Mem_Store
106
Illegal ME
107
GPRS services not allowed
111
PLMN not allowed
112
Location area not allowed
113
Roaming not allowed in this location area
132
service option not supported
133
requested service option not subscribed
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
224
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
134
service option temporarily out of order (#34)
148
unspecified GPRS error
149
PDP authentication failure
150
invalid mobile class
257
network rejected request
258
retry operation
259
invalid deflected to number
260
deflected to own number
261
unknown subscriber
262
service not available
263
unknown class
264
unknown network message
273
Minimum TFT per PDP address error
274
Duplicate TFT eval prec index
275
Invalid TFT param combination
Table 16-2 General "CME ERROR" Codes (Huawei proprietary)
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
65280
call index error
65281
call state error
65282
sys state error
65283
parameters error
65284
spn file wrong
65285
spn file accessed denied
65286
spn file not exist
65287
another SPN query operation still not finished
65289
input value is out of range
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
225
Table 16-3 GPS related "CME ERROR" Codes (Huawei proprietary)
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
276
GPS function disabled
277
Standalone disabled
278
AGPS disabled
279
gpsOneXTRA disabled
280
Cell-ID disabled
281
Invalid parameter
282
Unable to delete parameters
283
PD session is ongoing
284
PD session is in off status
285
too many parameters
286
invalid server address
287
GPS locked
288
GPS type not supported
289
MGP receiver is ongoing
16.3 CMS Error List
The following lists the <err> value of CMS ERROR that may be returned by all AT
commands of short messages.
<err> values used by common messaging commands:
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
0–127
3GPP TS 24.011 clause E.2 values
128–255
3GPP TS 23.040 clause 9.2.3.22 values.
300
ME failure
301
SMS service of ME reserved
302
operation not allowed
303
operation not supported
304
invalid PDU mode parameter
305
invalid text mode parameter
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
226
Numeric mode
Verbose mode
310
(U)SIM not inserted
311
(U)SIM PIN required
312
PH-(U)SIM PIN required
313
(U)SIM failure
314
(U)SIM busy
315
(U)SIM wrong
316
(U)SIM PUK required
317
(U)SIM PIN2 required
318
(U)SIM PUK2 required
320
memory failure
321
invalid memory index
322
memory full
330
SMSC address unknown
331
no network service
332
network timeout
340
no +CNMA acknowledgement expected
500
unknown error
...511
other values in range 256...511 are reserved
512...
manufacturer specific
16.4 Final Result Code
Final Result Code
No.
Description
OK
0
A command is executed, and there is no
error.
CONNECT
1
A connection is established.
RING
2
An incoming call is originated.
NO CARRIER
3
A connection is terminated.
ERROR
4
There is a common error.
NO DIALTONE
6
There is no dialing tone.
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
227
Final Result Code
No.
Description
BUSY
7
The peer is busy.
NO ANSWER
8
Timeout occurs when the connection is
complete, and there is no reply.
+CME ERROR:
<err>
The error type is specified by <err>.
+CMS ERROR:
<err>
It is a short message-related error.
COMMAND NOT
SUPPORT
numeric is not
supported
The command is not supported.
TOO MANY
PARAMETERS
numeric is not
supported
Too many parameters in the issued
command
Note:
The final result code is the termination flag of an AT command.
16.5 Mapping Between Operating Bands and band_switch
Values
Operating Band
band_switch
GSM
EGSM900
6
DCS1800
2
GSM850
7
PCS1900
1
GSM450
9
GSM750
17
WCDMA
I
0
II
1
III
2
IV
15
V
7
VI
8
VII
10
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
228
Operating Band
band_switch
VIII
6
IX
3
X
14
XI
5
XII
4
XIII
9
XIV
11
XV
12
XVI
13
XVII
16
XVIII
17
XIX
18
XX
19
XXI
20
XXII
21
XXIII
22
XXIV
23
XXV
24
CDMA
BC0
32
BC1
1
BC2
21
BC3
8
BC4
25
BC5
9
BC6
24
BC7
16
BC8
2
BC9
6
BC10
20
BC11
31
BC12
33
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
229
Operating Band
band_switch
BC13
0
BC14
26
BC15
15
BC16
28
BC17
18
LTE
1
0
2
1
3
2
4
3
5
7
6
21
7
10
8
6
9
13
10
14
11
5
12
16
13
17
14
19
15
Reserved
16
Reserved
17
18
18
8
19
22
20
20
21
23
24
4
25
31
26
Reserved
27
Reserved
28
Reserved
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
230
Operating Band
band_switch
29
Reserved
30
Reserved
31
Reserved
32
Reserved
33
25
34
24
35
12
36
9
37
26
38
15
39
27
40
11
41
28
42
29
43
30
TD-SCDMA
A
0
F
1
16.6 References
The following list is most of the references for this document.
[1] 3GPP TS 23.038
[2] 3GPP TS 23.040
[3] 3GPP TS 24.008
[4] 3GPP TS 25.331
[5] 3GPP TS 27.007
[6] 3GPP TS 31.102
[7] 3GPP TS 31.111
[8] 3GPP TS 44.060
[9] ETSI TS 102.221
[10] ETSI TS 102.223
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
231
[11] GSM MoU SE.13
[12] ITU-T E.212
[13] ITU-T Recommendation V.25 ter
[14] ITU-T T.50: International Reference Alphabet (IRA)
[15] HUAWEI Terminal AT Command Interface Specifications
16.7 Acronyms and Abbreviations
Acronym or Abbreviation
Full spelling
3GPP
Third Generation Partnership Project
AT
ATtention
APN
Access Point Name
BER
Bit Error Rate
CS
Circuit Switched (CS) domain
DCE
Data Circuit Equipment
DCS
Data Coding Scheme
DTE
Data Terminal Equipment
GGSN
Gateway GPRS Support Node
GPRS
General Packet Radio Service
GSM
Global System for Mobile Communications
IMEI
International Mobile Equipment Identity
IMSI
International Mobile Subscriber Identity
IP
Internet Protocol
ITU-T
International Telecommunication
Union-Telecommunication Standardization Sector
IWF
Interworking Function
MCC
Mobile Country Code
ME
Mobile Equipment
MNC
Mobile Network Code
MS
Mobile Station
MSIN
Mobile Station Identification Number
MT
Mobile Terminal
NMEA
National Marine Electronics Association
HUAWEI ME936 LTE M.2 Module
AT Command Interface Specification
Appendix
Issue 02 (2014-09-25)
HUAWEI Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © HUAWEI Technologies Co., Ltd.
232
Acronym or Abbreviation
Full spelling
PD
Position Determination
PDP
Packet Data Protocol
PDU
Protocol Data Unit
PIN
Personal Identity Number
PLMN
Public Land Mobile Network
PPP
Point-to-Point Protocol
PUK
PIN Unblocking Key
PS
Packet Switched (PS) domain
QoS
Quality of Service
RSSI
Receive Signal Strength Indicator
SCA
Service Center Address
SIM
GSM Subscriber Identity Module
SM
Short Message
SMS
Short Message Service
SMSC
Short Message Service Center
TA
Terminal Adapter
TE
Terminal Equipment
TPDU
Transfer Protocol Data Unit
URC
Unsolicited Result Code
USIM
Universal Subscriber Identity Module
USSD
Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
VP
Validity Period
UTRAN
Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
WCDMA
Wideband CDMA
